FM 10-67-2HEADQUARTERS

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

PETROLEUM LABORATORY

TESTING AND OPERATIONS

DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION:

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE; DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED.

* FM 10-67-2

i

Field ManualNo. 10-67-2

HEADQUARTERSDEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

Washington, DC, 2 April 1997

PETROLEUM LABORATORY TESTING AND OPERATIONS

Table of ContentsPage

PREFACE

CHAPTER 1

Section I

Section II

CHAPTER 2

Section I

Section II

ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITIES

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION STEWARDSHIPScope of Environmental ResponsibilityEnvironmental Protection Stewardship GoalsRole of Environmental Protection Stewardship in LeadershipEnvironmental Responsibilities of Personnel

HAZARDOUS MATERIALSGeneralHazardous WasteHazardous MaterialsHazardous Materials Management

PETROLEUM PRODUCTS

PETROLEUM-BASE LIQUID PROPELLANTS AND FUELSCrude PetroleumTypes of Petroleum ProductsPetroleum-Base Liquid Propellants and Fuels Category

FUEL OILSBurner FuelsKerosene

DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION: Approved for public release;distribution is unlimited.

*This publication supersedes FM 10-70, 9 May 1983, and FM 10-72,11 August 1986.

ix

1-1

1-11-11-11-21-2

1-31-31-31-41-4

2-1

2-12-12-12-1

2-32-32-4

FM 10-67-2

ii

Section III

CHAPTER 3

Section I

Section II

Section III

Section IV

LUBRICATING OILS AND GREASESPurposeLubricating OilsRequirementsLubricating GreasesClassification of GreasesGrease RequirementsProperties of GreaseMiscellaneous Products

PETROLEUM QUALITY

PETROLEUM INSPECTION PROCEDURESGeneralQuality ControlQuality AssuranceQuality Surveillance

QUALITY ASSURANCEQuality Assurance Program AdministratorsQuality Assurance Representative ResponsibilitiesQuality Assurance Inspections and AcceptanceQuality Assurance Inspection of Contractor FacilitiesQuality Assurance Inspections of Storage and Transfer FacilitiesQuality Assurance Inspection of Tankers and BargesQuality Assurance Inspection of Tank Cars and Tank VehiclesQuality Assurance Measurements and Documentation

QUALITY SURVEILLANCEQuality Surveillance Program AdministratorsPetroleum Quality Surveillance And Technical Assistance ProgramCorrelation ProgramsQuality Surveillance During Storage, Loading and Unloading OperationsQuality Surveillance During Storage OperationsQuality Surveillance During Tanker and Barge Loading OperationsQuality Surveillance During Jet Fuel or Kerosene Loading OperationsQuality Surveillance During Tanker and Barge Unloading OperationsQuality Surveillance During Tank Cars and Tank Vehicle Loading andUnloading OperationsQuality Surveillance During Pipeline Operations

CLEANLINESS STANDARDS FOR AVIATION FUELSGeneralFilter/SeparatorsSolid ContaminationWater ContaminationTesting Effluent Samples for Water

2-42-42-42-52-62-62-62-62-6

3-1

3-13-13-13-13-1

3-23-23-23-23-33-33-43-43-5

3-63-63-63-73-83-83-83-93-9

3-103-10

3-113-113-113-123-123-14

FM 10-67-2

iii

CHAPTER 4

Section I

Section II

Section III

Section IV

Section V

CHAPTER 5

PETROLEUM LABORATORY PERSONNEL, FACILITIES, ANDTESTING EQUIPMENT

PETROLEUM LABORATORY PERSONNELPetroleum Laboratory OfficerPetroleum Laboratory SpecialistDuties of Petroleum Laboratory Specialist

PETROLEUM LABORATORIESGeneralCONUS Army Laboratory FacilitiesOCONUS LaboratoriesTypes of LaboratoriesBase Petroleum LaboratoryModular Base Petroleum LaboratoryMobile Petroleum LaboratoryAirmobile Petroleum LaboratoryPetroleum Quality Analysis System

TEST KITSGeneralAviation Fuel contamination Test KitSampling and Gaging KitGround Fuels Contamination Test KitCaptured Fuels Test KitAqua-Glo Test Kit

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND SUPPLYMaintenanceCalibrationCalibration of Test KitsA-Level Calibration ProceduresC-Level Calibration ProceduresSupplyInventoriesPrescribed Load List

EQUIPMENT PUBLICATIONS AND FORMSGeneralDODISSDD Form 1425Requisition Processing

ESTABLISHING PETROLEUM TESTING FACILITIES IN THETHEATER

4-1

4-14-14-14-1

4-24-24-24-24-24-34-34-34-34-7

4-74-74-74-94-94-94-9

4-114-114-114-114-114-114-124-124-12

4-124-124-124-134-13

5-1

FM 10-67-2

iv

Section I

Section II

Section III

CHAPTER 6

Section I

DEPLOYMENT OF PETROLEUM TESTING FACILITIESPreparation for ShipmentShipping DocumentsRequest Channels and FormatRequest Approval

PETROLEUM LABORATORY AREA REQUIREMENTSGeneralEnvironmental ConsiderationsLaboratory Site SelectionPetroleum Base Laboratory RequirementsModular Base Laboratory RequirementsMobile Laboratory RequirementsAirmobile Laboratory RequirementsGround Fuels Test Kit RequirementsTest Kit Requirements

NBC ENVIRONMENTNBC Threat ConsiderationsNuclear EffectsPreparation of SiteLaboratory NBC Protection ProceduresNBC Defense FundamentalsNBC OperationsNuclear AttackBiological AttackChemical AttackOperations in a Contaminated EnvironmentLaboratory SOPTrainingDestruction of Army Laboratories

PERFORMING QUALITY SURVEILLANCE IN THE THEATER

PETROLEUM QUALITY SURVEILLANCE IN THE DEVELOPEDTHEATERDescription of the SystemBase Petroleum LaboratoryMobile Petroleum LaboratoryAirmobile Petroleum LaboratoryTest KitsTesting RequirementsProcurement of Petroleum ProductsStandardization AgreementsChannels of CommunicationLaboratory RequirementsQuality Surveillance Mission

5-15-15-15-15-2

5-25-25-25-35-35-35-35-45-45-4

5-45-45-45-55-55-55-65-65-65-75-75-75-85-8

6-1

6-16-16-16-16-16-16-26-26-26-26-26-2

FM 10-67-2

v

Section II

CHAPTER 7

Section I

Section II

Section III

CHAPTER 8

Section I

PETROLEUM QUALITY SURVEILLANCE IN THE UNDEVELOPEDTHEATERDescription of the SystemTesting RequirementProcurement of Petroleum ProductsCommandeered/Captured Petroleum ProductsChannels of CommunicationLaboratory RequirementsAdditional RequirementsTime-Phased Laboratories

INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY FOR THE PETROLEUMLABORATORY

MATTERGeneralDefinitionQuantity of Matter

REAGENTS AND SOLUTIONSGeneralEquationsReagentsSolutionsFactors Affecting SolubilityConcentrations of SolutionsPreparing SolutionsPrimary StandardsSecondary StandardsStandardizationTitrationStandardization by TitrationpH ScaleIndicators

BALANCES AND WEIGHINGGeneralAnalytical BalanceThe Harvard Trip BalanceTriple Beam Balance

EVALUATING PETROLEUM PRODUCTS

PROPERTIES OF PETROLEUM PRODUCTSCritical PropertiesAPI GravityAppearance/WorkmanshipAqua-Glo Water Test

6-56-56-56-66-66-66-66-66-7

7-1

7-17-17-17-2

7-47-47-47-47-47-47-57-57-57-67-67-67-67-77-7

7-87-87-87-9

7-10

8-1

8-18-18-18-18-1

FM 10-67-2

vi

Section II

Section III

Ash ContentCarbon ResidueCleveland Open Cup Flash PointCloud PointColorCone Penetration of GreaseCopper CorrosionDistillationDropping Point of GreaseExistent GumFreezing PointFuel System Icing InhibitorIgnition Quality of Diesel FuelsKinematic ViscosityLead in FuelsNeutralization NumberOxidation Stability and Potential GumParticulate Contaminant in Aviation FuelPensky-Martens Flash PointPour Point of Petroleum OilsPrecipitation NumberReid Vapor PressureSmoke PointSulfur in Petroleum ProductsTag Closed Cup Flash TestThermal StabilityWater and SedimentWater ReactionWater Separation CharacteristicsConductivity

IDENTIFICATION OF UNKNOWN PRODUCTSGeneralClassification by GravityLight DistillatesHeavy DistillatesGroup A DistillatesGroup B DistillatesGroup C DistillatesReports and Recommendations

PRODUCT RECLAMATION AND DISPOSITIONGeneralFactors Affecting ReclamationReclamation TechniquesImproving Critical PropertiesApproximating a Blending RatioDowngrading and Regrading

8-28-28-28-38-38-38-48-48-68-68-68-68-78-78-88-88-98-98-9

8-108-108-108-108-108-118-118-118-128-128-13

8-138-138-138-148-158-158-158-168-16

8-168-168-178-178-178-188-18

FM 10-67-2

vii

CHAPTER 9

CHAPTER 10

Section I

Section II

Section III

Disposition Procedures

SAMPLERS AND SMAPLING PROCEDURES

GeneralTypes of SamplesSamplersSample ContainersSampling ProceduresSpecial Procedures for Millipore Testing

PETROLEUM LABORATORY OPERATIONS

SAFETY DURING LABORATORY OPERATIONSGeneral PrecautionsPreventing FiresModular, Mobile and AirMobile LaboratoriesFire ExtinguishersTypes of Fire ExtinguishersMethods of Extinguishing Petroleum FiresHandling ChemicalsSubstitute SolventsHandling Excess ChemicalsHandling SolutionsControlling Pressure and VacuumControlling FumesElectrical Safety

LABORATORY ANALYSIS REPORTINGGeneralPetroleum Sample TagPetroleum Laboratory Analysis ReportTesting

STANDARD PUBLICATIONS AND FORMSGeneralMilitary Standardization Handbook for Fuels, Lubricants, and Related ProductsFederal Test Method Standard No. 791ASTM Standards 23, 24, 25, and 27DFSCH 4120.1 Reference List of Specifications and StandardsDOD Manual 4140.25-M Procedures for the Management of PetroleumAR 715-27, Petroleum Procurement of Quality Assurance ManualForms

8-19

9-1

9-19-19-19-59-59-8

10-1

10-110-110-210-210-310-310-410-510-710-710-710-810-910-9

10-1010-1010-1010-1010-12

10-1310-1310-1310-1310-1310-1410-1410-1410-14

FM 10-67-2

viii

APPENDIX A

APPENDIX B

APPENDIX C

APPENDIX D

GLOSSARY

REFERENCES

INDEX

PETROLEUM LABORATORIES

TEST MAN-HOURS FOR TYPE OF FUEL

CONVERSION CHARTS

POSSIBLE CAUSES OFCONTAMINATION/DETERIORATION

A-1

B-1

C-1

D-1

Glossary-1

References-1

Index-1

FM 10-67-2

ix

PREFACE

Purpose and Scope

This manual is a guide for commanders, staff officers, and other personnel concerned with planning,organizing, and carrying out petroleum QS testing in a theater of operations.

The doctrine in this manual concerns operations in a tactical theater and may not relate directly to normalpeacetime garrison operations. Doctrine for the development and operation of theater petroleum testingfacilities is discussed separately for an improved and unimproved theater of operations. The systemsdescribed are applicable to both conventional, and NBC warfare.

This manual is a consolidation of FMs 10-70 and 10-72. It addresses certain environmental issues to beconsidered in planning petroleum laboratory operations. It provides information concerning the types ofpetroleum products, and their uses by the military; petroleum quality; the various laboratories and test kitsavailable for implementing quality surveillance in the theater; and the deployment and establishment ofthese facilities. The final chapters of this manual address basic chemistry used in the laboratory, alongwith the properties of petroleum, testing methods; samplers and sampling procedures; and generalpetroleum laboratory operations. This manual is not intended to be the only source of information on theoperation of petroleum testing facilities. It does not cover individual items of testing equipment and theirmaintenance or the internal operation of testing facilities. In addition to this manual, it is necessary to havepublications such as those listed in the references in order to provide an adequate petroleum QS program.

User Information

The proponent of this publication is HQ USATRADOC. You are encouraged to submit recommendedchanges and comments to improve this manual. Make sure you key your comments to the exact page,paragraph, and line of the text in which the change is recommended. Provide reasons for each commentto ensure understanding and complete evaluation. Write your comments on a DA Form 2028(Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) or in a letter, and send them to

Training DirectorateQuartermaster Training DivisionATTN ATCL AQ801 Lee AvenueFort Lee, VA 23801-1713

Unless otherwise stated, whenever the masculine gender is used, both men and women are included.

FM 10-67-2

1-1

CHAPTER 1

ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITIES

Section I. Environmental Protection Stewardship

The Army environmental vision is to be a national leader in environmental and natural resource steward-ship for present and future generations as an integral part of our mission.

SCOPE OF ENVIRONMENTALRESPONSIBILITY

We must take care of the environment (thatis, practice environmental protection stewardship).The definition of stewardship is taking care ofproperty while also caring about the rights of oth-ers. We must plan our operations without harmingthe environment. Good environmental protectionstewardship lets leaders take care of soldiers andtheir families. It also saves resources vital to com-bat readiness. The Army’s environmental con-cerns include the following.

• The Army has the huge task of reducingthe environmental impact on its installations andunits throughout the US and the world. WithinCONUS, the Army owns 20 million acres of land(an area about half the size of Virginia). Thisshows the vastness of this task. Each area of ourdaily operation has some effect on the environ-ment.

• The Army is renewing its emphasis ontaking care of the environment. Petroleum units bytheir nature have a huge impact on the environ-ment. It is critical for the leaders and soldiers inthese units to follow safe, legal environmentalpractices. By doing so, they protect their healthand the health of those around them. They alsoprevent long term environmental damage that canlead to fines and other legal actions.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONSTEWARDSHIP GOALS

The Army no longer just complies with laws,they want to be a leader in environmental protec-tion. To do this , the Army has set goals for itsleaders. These goals include:

• Compliance. Ensure that all Army sites(CONUS, OCONUS) attain and sustain compli-ance in the face of changing requirements.

• Restoration. Clean up contaminated sitesas quickly as resources permit to protect humanhealth and environment.

• Prevention. Adopt and implement integra-tion management approaches, procedures, andoperations in all Army mission areas to minimizeall environmental contamination and pollution. Donot receive a notice or violation or a fine for notfollowing local, state, and federal environmentalregulations.

• Conservation. Conserve, protect, and en-hance environmental, natural and cultural re-sources, using all practical means consistent withmissions, so that present and future generationsmay use and enjoy them.

• Planning. Consider the environment in theplanning and decision making process, and initiateenvironmental planning early in the mission.

• NEPA. Integrate all NEPA proceduresinto operations.

FM 10-67-2

1-2

ROLE OF ENVIRONMENTALPROTECTION STEWARDSHIP IN

LEADERSHIP

A leader who cares for the environment alsocares for his people. He does this by reducing oreliminating undue health risks. He saves resources(soldiers or money) vital to his mission. He keepstraining areas in excellent condition for training farinto the future. He preserves cultural artifacts forstudy by future generations. He also teaches thebasic moral duty of soldiers to protect and pre-serve the United States of America and its allies.

ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITIESOF PERSONNEL

Personnel at all levels must protect our envi-ronment. This includes soldiers, NCOs, officers,and unit commanders.

Soldiers' Responsibilities. In addition to spe-cific environmental precautions a soldier mustenforce in his duty performance, he is responsiblefor adhering to the following general practices.

• Follow installation environmental policies,unit SOPs, ARs, and environmental laws andregulations.

• Make sound decisions in everyday activi-ties.

• Advise the chain of command on tech-niques to ensure environmental regulations arefollowed.

• Identify the environmental risks in individ-ual and team tasks.

• Support the Army recycling program.• Report HM and HW spills immediately.

NCO's Responsibilities. The NCO makes

decisions that can impact on the environment.Some of the environmental standards he mustpractice are listed below.

• Always consider the environment in day-to-day decisions.

• Make sure soldiers know the Army’s en-vironmental ethic.

• Train soldiers to be good environmentalstewards.

• Be committed to environmental protection.• Identify environmental risk associated with

tasks.• Plan and conduct environmentally sustain-

able actions and training.• Protect the environment during training

and other activities.• Analyze the influence of the environment

on your mission.• Integrate environmental considerations

into unit activities.• Train peers and soldiers to identify the en-

vironmental effects of plans, actions, and missions.• Counsel soldiers on the importance of

protecting the environment and the results of notcomplying with environmental laws.

• Incorporate environmental considerationsin AARs.

• Support the Army recycling program.• Report HM and HW spills immediately.

Officer's Responsibilities. The officer is re-sponsible for the welfare of his troops as well asthe environment. His actions should reflect thefollowing objectives.

• Build an environmental ethic in soldiers.• Train and counsel subordinate leaders on

stewardship.• Lead by example.• Enforce compliance with laws and regula-

tions.• Always consider the environment in mak-

ing day-to-day decisions.• Make sure subordinates know the Army’s

environmental ethic.• Train subordinates to be good environ-

mental stewards.• Commit subordinate leaders to protect the

environment.• Analyze the influence of the environment

on the mission.• Integrate environmental considerations

into unit activities, to include identifying the envi-ronmental risks associated with unit tasks.

FM 10-67-2

1-3

Unit Commander's Responsibilities. Thecommander must build an environmental ethic inhis soldiers. The commander sets the tone for en-vironmental compliance. He is totally responsiblefor complying with all applicable environmentallaws in the unit. Commanders train their subordi-nates on stewardship and counsel them on doingwhat is right. They must lead by example and en-force compliance with laws. Some of their respon-sibilities are listed below.

• Consider the environment in making dailydecisions.

• Know about the NEPA, HM, HW,HAZCOM efforts, and spill contingencies.

• Commit subordinates to environmentalprotection.

• Make sure officers and NCOs know theenvironmental ethic and train them to be good en-vironmental stewards.

• Counsel officers and NCOs on the im-portance of protecting the environment and theresults of violating laws.

• Ensure officers and NCOs comply withrequirements when reporting hazardous substancespills.

• Ensure environmental concerns are ad-dressed throughout the training.

• Identify and assess the environmentalconsequences of proposed programs and activities.

• Plan and conduct training that complieswith environmental laws, including marking areasas “off-limits” during training exercises.

• Discuss environmental concerns duringbriefings, meeting, and AARs.

• Establish and sustain unit environmentalawareness training.

• Appoint an environmental compliance of-ficer and a HW coordinator (the same person canserve both positions). These appointments ensureenvironmental compliance occurs at the unit level.

• Ensure the unit SOP covers environmentalconsiderations, conservation, natural resources,and spill procedures.

• Support the Army pollution preven-tion/recycling program.

• Report HM and waste spills immediately.• Conduct environmental self-assessment or

internal environmental compliance assessments.• Meet with key installation environmental

POCs.

Appointed Personnel's Responsibilities. Thesepersonnel are appointed by the commander andshould receive formal training. Some of their re-sponsibilities are listed below.

• Act as an advisor on environmental regu-latory compliance during training, operations, andlogistics functions.

• Serve as the commander’s eyes and earsfor environmental matters.

• Be the liaison between the unit and higherheadquarters who are responsible for managingthe environmental compliance programs and pro-viding information on training requirements certifi-cations that unit personnel need.

Section II. Hazardous Materials

GENERAL

Petroleum laboratory operations include thestorage, use, and disposal of chemicals and petro-leum products that are identified as hazardous tothe environment. Proper use and control of thesematerials is necessary to protect the environment.

Environmental pollutants discussed in this sectionare hazardous wastes and hazardous materials.

HAZARDOUS WASTE

FM 10-67-2

1-4

Hazardous waste is defined as any materialleft from a process, or resulting from maintenance,which poses a threat to human health or the envi-ronment. Spent chemicals and fuel samples fallinto this category. Purchasing less hazardous ornon-hazardous materials reduces the volume ofhazardous waste that will require disposal.

Collection Points. Each base or unit shall es-tablish a hazardous waste collection point. Thehazardous waste shall be properly classified as tothe potential for harm to individuals or the envi-ronment. Waste oil, spent fuel, samples, solvents,spent lab chemicals, and acids will be properly la-beled and packaged for accumulation and han-dling. Personnel will deliver the identified waste,properly packaged and identified, to designatedcollection points. The DLA, or its designatedagent, is responsible for designating pick-up col-lection points and evacuating the hazardous wastedisposal site.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

Hazardous material is defined as any materialwhich, when taken internally, inhaled, or applied to(to come in contact with) the skin, may causedeath or serious injury. Some examples are:flammable liquids and gases, corrosives, oxidizers,explosives, and toxins. Many of these substancesare used by petroleum laboratory personnel.Proper handling and storing of chemicals is dis-cussed in Chapter 10. It is also mandatory to storeand maintain them

IAW appropriate directives. Personnel should betrained in spill prevention and control. For spillsbeyond your immediate capability, coordinate withthe nearest battalion for assistance from the spillresponse team. Any environmental incident, acci-dent or hazardous materials spill must be reportedfor follow-up and accountability procedures.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALSMANAGEMENT

At a minimum, a petroleum laboratory haz-ardous materials management plan should include:

• Supervision of the procurement, use, stor-age, and disposal of the materials as required byAR 200-1 and federal and state requirements.

• Establishment of proper procedures toprotect public health and the welfare of the per-sons who are potentially exposed to these materi-als.

• Availability of required MSDSs for eachtype of chemical procured for laboratory opera-tions.

• Proper storage for hazardous materials, toreduce the need for corrective actions.

FM 10-67-2

2-1

CHAPTER 2

PETROLEUM PRODUCTS

Section I. Petroleum-Base Liquid Propellants and Fuels

CRUDE PETROLEUM

Crude petroleum is a mixture of many com-plex hydrocarbons, all of which have differentboiling points. By the process of distillation, thevarious hydrocarbon compounds in crude oil canbe separated physically into groups of hydrocar-bons having similar boiling ranges. These groups ofhydrocarbons are known as fractions or cuts. Thecommon fractions yielded from crude oil include:butanes and lighter cuts; straight-run gasoline cut;naphtha cut; kerosene cut; gas and lube oil cut;and residue cut. The quantity (percentage) of eachcut, per barrel, varies according to the geographicorigin of the crude oil. After the initial separationprocess into fractions or cuts, there are additionalrefining processes necessary to produce finishedpetroleum products for use by the consumer.

TYPES OF PETROLEUM PRODUCTS

Petroleum products are grouped into fourmain categories: (1) petroleum-base liquid propel-lants and fuels; (2) fuel oils; (3) cutting, lubricating,and hydraulic oils and greases; and (4) miscellane-ous chemical specialties. These categories arediscussed in the following paragraphs. Specifica-tions listed in these paragraphs can be obtainedfrom the Department of the Navy, Navy Publica-tions and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue,Philadelphia, PA 19120.

PETROLEUM-BASE LIQUIDPROPELLANTS AND FUELS CATEGORY

Petroleum-base liquid propellants and fuelsinclude aviation gasoline, automotive gasoline, jet

or turbine fuels, and diesel fuel. These propellantsand fuels are discussed below.

Aviation Gasoline. AVGAS is the fuel usedin all piston aircraft engines. The most importantproperties of aviation gasoline are: volatility; knockvalue; vapor pressure; stability; and solvent orcorrosion properties. Some of the characteristicsof aviation gasoline are listed below.

• They are mixtures of hydrocarbons thatboil in the approximate range of 90° - 338°F.

• They have a gravity range of about 66°-72° API.

• Gasoline hydrocarbon molecules have ap-proximately 5 to 9 carbon atoms (C5 - C9). (Thosehydrocarbons with fewer carbons are normallygases.)

Producing a satisfactory fuel for aircraft and forall gasoline-driven piston engines is largely a mat-ter of blending and controlling the proportions ofvarious hydrocarbons. Sometimes the process in-cludes altering the structures of the hydrocarbons.AVGAS is manufactured according to ASTMspecification D 910. The gasolines are manufac-tured in three grades: 80 (red or clear and con-taining no lead); 100/130 (green); 100/130LL(blue).

Motor Gasoline. During the refining process,MOGAS is derived from that fraction of crude oilwithin a boiling range of 90°- 420°F. The compo-nents in MOGAS do not have to be controlledwithin the same narrow limits as AVGAS. InMOGAS more of the valuable aromatics can beused, and more alkenes and alkanes are accept-able than in MOGAS due to less restrictive stor-

FM 10-67-2

2-2

age requirements. MOGAS differs from AVGASmainly in volatility and antiknock properties. Theyalso differ in vapor pressure. Because of thesedifferences, the use of MOGAS in aircraft is un-safe unless both the aircraft engine and the air-craft itself have been adapted for its use. Twotypes of MOGAS are discussed below:

• Commercial MOGAS is supplied underthe ASTM specification D 4814. The specificationcovers special, regular, and premium grades inclasses A, B, C, D and E to suit climatic condi-tions. Additionally, ASTM D 4814 covers oxygen-ated gasoline blends which are required in certaingeographical regions of the United States to re-duce CO2. Gasohol is gasoline with 10 percent (byvolume) ethanol. It is used as an alternate fuel andsupplied in the same grades and classes as com-mercial gasoline. Gasohol is intended for usewhere long-term storage is not anticipated. It isprocured under CID A-A-52530.

• Combat MOGAS is suitable for use in allgasoline engines, other than aircraft, under allconditions of service. Gasoline in this category issupplied under specification MIL-G-3056 in type Ifor use at all temperatures above 0°F (-18°C) andin type II for use where the mean temperature isconsistently below 32°F (0°C).

Jet or Turbine Fuels. Jet or turbine fuels re-quired for jet aircraft engines are obtained fromspecial kerosene and gasoline fractions of crudeoil. Fuel used in jet aircraft engines, should containthe properties listed below.

• The fuel must contain as much heat en-ergy as possible both per unit weight and per unitvolume.

• Combustion properties, which are relatedboth to chemical composition and volatility, mustbe as good as possible.

• The fuel must have a low freezing pointdue to the low temperature encountered by jet air-craft flying at high altitudes for long periods oftime.

Other areas of consideration are listed below.• Loss of fuel in flight by evaporation.• The fuel should be non-corrosive.

• The fuel should not clog fuel filters.• The fuel should not produce vapor lock or

slugging. (Slugging is the loss of liquid fuel fromthe vents owing to the pulling action of escapingvapors.)

JP-4, JP-5, JP-7, JP-8, JET A-1. Availablejet or turbine fuels are: JP-4, JP-5, JP-7, JP-8 andJET A-1. A primary consideration in the develop-ment of any petroleum fuel is its availability in re-lation to other needed fuels, all of which mustcome from the same batch of crude oil. Generally,gasoline producers cannot produce as much jet orturbine fuel as gasoline because a barrel of crudeoil contains about twice as much material in thegasoline range as in the jet-diesel range. Thesefuels are discussed below.

• JP-4 fuel is a wide-cut, gasoline base jetfuel procured under MIL-T-5624. The use of JP-4is limited to geographical regions where extremecold weather conditions exist. The boiling point forthis particular type of gasoline base fuel is in theapproximate range of 120° to 500°F, and it has lowvapor pressure (2.0 to 3.0 psi, Reid). JP-4 is notthe preferred fuel because of the inherent ignitionhazards in this cut of fuel. Jet fuel supplied underMIL-T-5624 may be required to contain 0.10 to0.15 percent by volume of FSII. The FSII used inJP-4 is DIEGME and must conform to MIL-I-85470. JP-4 may contain a SDA. Currently thereare two that have been approved, ASA-3 andSTADIS 450. These SDAs increase the conduc-tivity of the fuel and allow static electricity to dis-sipate rapidly. Because the additives are surfac-tants, the WSIM test is not run on JP-4 containingan SDA. The additives are usually blended in aconcentration of 1.0 part per million. This yields aconductivity rating of 200-600 pS/m or 200 to 600CUs. The API gravity range for JP-4 is from 45.0to 57.0.

• JP-5 is a narrow-cut, kerosene-base jetfuel procured under MIL-T-5624. It was originallydeveloped for use by aircraft carrier planes wherea safer fuel than JP-4 was required for storageaboard the carrier, and is now used by all sea-based aircraft. The boiling point for this cut of fuel

FM 10-67-2

2-3

is within a range of 400° to 600°F. It has a highflash point, (140°F) and the vapor pressure is lessthan 1 psi. Since JP-5 is supplied under MIL-T-5624, it also must contain a FSII. Because of itshigh flash point the preferred FSII in JP-5 isDIEGME, with a required concentration level of0.15 to 0.20 percent by volume. DIEGME shallconform to MIL-I-85470. The API gravity rangefor JP-5 is from 36.0 to 48.0.

• JP-7, a thermally stable fuel, is a kero-sene-base fuel procured under MIL-T-38219. It isused by the Air Force for specific application inwhich higher thermal stability is required. It is notintended for general acquisition, but is a limitedproduction item for use only in engines that requirethis product.

• JP-8 is a kerosene base aviation turbinefuel procured under MIL-T-83133. Developmentof JP-8 is a result of battlefield damage that hadshown JP-8 was inherently a safer fuel (for exam-ple, less susceptible to ignition and sustained fires).Also, JP-8 is essentially identical to JET A-1 andwould be commercially available worldwide. TheAPI gravity range for JP-8 is from 37.0 to 51.0.JP-8 is JET A (CONUS) or JET A-1 (OCONUS)combined with the additives: FSII, SDA and Cor-rosive Inhibitor. JP-8 has been established as thesingle fuel for the battlefield by DOD directive.JP-8 is used in both aviation turbine engines andcompression ignition engines.

• JET A (CONUS) and JET A-1(OCONUS) aviation turbine fuel is essentiallyidentical to JP-8 except it does not contain the

three additives required in JP-8. JET A/JET A-1 isthe standard fuel used by commercial airlinesworldwide. It is procured under ASTM D 1655.

Diesel Fuel. Diesel fuel can be classified ineither the petroleum-base liquid propellants andfuels category or the fuel oils category. It is usedin diesel engines and depends on the heat of com-pression of an air charge for ignition. Diesel fuel isgraded according to its use. DFM is procured foruse on ships under military specification MIL-F-16884. Diesel fuels used in certain turbine andcompression-ignition engines are procured underthe Commercial Item Description A-A-52557 inGrade Low Sulfur No. 1-D (DL1) and Grade LowSulfur No. 2-D (DL2). Diesel fuels may also beused in place of light burner fuels. Diesel fuelproperties that have considerable influence on theperformance and reliability of a diesel engine arelisted below.

• Ignition quality.• Volatility.• Tendency to form carbon deposits on en-

gine parts.• Viscosity.• Sulfur content.• Ash and sediment.• Flash point.• Pour point.• Acidity.

.

Section II. Fuel Oils

BURNER FUELS

Burner fuels are used in boilers or furnaces togenerate power or heat. These liquid fuels haveseveral advantages over solid fuels. These advan-tages are:

• Greater heating value on a weight or vol-ume basis so that less storage space is required.

• More efficient combustion because ofbetter contact between fuel and air under condi-tions of use and an almost complete absence ofash.

• Greater ease of handling and firing.

FM 10-67-2

2-4

• Greater heat input for a given combustionspace.

Classes of Burner Fuels. Two classes ofburner fuels: military and commercial, are dis-cussed below.

• Military burner fuels are procured undermilitary specification, MIL-F-859, in grade NavySpecial for use in steam-powered vessels. Specifi-cations for these fuels are not exacting, but com-patibility is sometimes of concern to the user. Dif-ferent lots of fuel procured on a worldwide basismust be compatible because some burner fuels,stable when stored separately, may not be stable incombination.

• Commercial burner fuels are procured un-der ASTM Specification D 396 and are intendedfor general heating purposes. There are sevengrades established in this class of burner fuels:No. 1, No. 2, No. 4, No. 4 (light) No. 5 (light), No.5 (heavy) and No. 6. These fuel oils differ chiefly

in viscosity and gravity and in types of burnersrequired for use. Some fuels require preheatingbefore combustion takes place, and burners usedwith these fuels must have preheaters.

KEROSENE

Kerosene is used by the military services asan illuminating oil, for space heating and for othergeneral purposes such as cleaning tools andequipment. It is supplied under ASTM Specifica-tion D 3699 in grade K-1 (low sulfur, mandatoryfor use in nonflue connected burner appliances)and grade K-2 (for other burner applications).Good quality kerosene boils in the approximaterange of 300° to 572°F. Thus, there is an absenceof heavy ends or extremely high boiling point frac-tions that interfere with clean burning in lamps orcomplete vaporization in stoves. Also, the absenceof light ends or very low boiling point fractionsgives the kerosene a relatively high flash point tosecure safety in handling, storage, and burning.

Section III. Lubricating Oils and Greases

PURPOSE

The primary purpose of any lubricant is toreduce friction, which would eliminate metal-to-metal contact. Lubricating oils provide a film thatpermits surfaces to glide over each other with lessfriction. Therefore, lubrication is essential to pre-vent wear in any mechanical device where thereare surfaces rubbing against each other. Oils arealso used to clean, seal, and cool the equipment.The selection of the proper lubricating oil for agiven application depends upon the design of theequipment and the condition under which theequipment is to be operated.

LUBRICATING OILS

Many lubricating oils are produced from thelight and heavy lubricant fractions of crude oil.Some are made from steam or vacuum distillates,

some from residual stocks, and some from blendsof distillates and residuals. Distillate stocks contain

substances in the approximate (C25 - C40) range;residual stocks contain substances in the (C50 -C80) range. These oils boil in the range of 300° to1,000° F. The nature of these oils varies fromspindle oils, which are only a little more viscousthan kerosene, to highly viscous and heat-resistantaircraft engine oils. Generally, topped crudes aresubjected to vacuum distillation to separate thevarious lubricant cuts. Refining removes most ofthe undesirable components such as wax, asphalt,and oxidizable impurities. After refining, stocks areblended and compounded with fatty materials, asnecessary to achieve desired results. Various ad-ditives are blended in to delay oxidation and for-mation of acids and suppress crystallization ofwax. This blending process also lowers the pourpoint, promotes oiliness, strengthens the lubricating

FM 10-67-2

2-5

film, reduces foaming, improves the viscosity in-dex, and supplies a detergent and dispersant qual-ity to the lubricant. Increased use of synthetic baseoils will lessen the demand for petroleum base lu-bricants.

REQUIREMENTS

Lubricating oils used by the military are toonumerous to list in this publication. TheARMYLOG/FEDLOG has a complete list of pe-troleum products and identifies the appropriate

specifications. A great volume of lubricating oils isincluded in three important categories: military

symbol oils, crankcase oils, and gear oils. Selectedlarge volume oils procured in these categories areshown in Table 2-1. (All of the oils listed therehave petroleum bases except the last two, whichhave synthetic bases.) Table 2-2 lists the SAEnumbers and military symbol equivalents of variouslubricating oils.

.Table 2-1. Lubricating oils and specifications

Specification Product

MIL-L-2104 OE/HDO-30, OE/HDO-40, and OE/HDO - 15/40 multi-weight oilsMIL-L-2105 GO-80/90, and GO-85/140MIL L-6081 MS 1005 and MS 1010MIL-L-6082 MS 1080,1100 and1120MIL-L-9000 MS 9250MIL-L-17331 MS 2190 TEPMIL-L-53074 MS 5190, 5230MIL-H-17672 MS 2075TH, 2110TH, 2135THMIL-L-7808 Symbol LGT (Synthetic Base)MIL-L-23699 Lubricating Oil, Aircraft, Turbine (Synthetic Base)

Table 2-2. SAE numbers and military symbol equivalent

SAE No. Military Symbol Oils

10W OE/HDO-10, 101020W 2075, 211030 2190 TEP, 9250, 1065, OE/H00-30, 2135, 607540 OE/HDO-40, OE/HDO 15-4050 1100, GO 80/90140 5190, GO 85-140250 5230

FM 10-67-2

2-6

FM 10-67-2

2-7

LUBRICATING GREASES

In general, grease should not be used where oilwill perform the necessary lubrication. There areconditions however when grease is a more suitablelubricant. Grease is used in bearings, which, be-cause of their nature, are unable to retain oil.Grease is also used in inaccessible bearings wherethe grease is applied by grease cups. Under dirtyatmospheric conditions, the use of grease is advis-able as it seals the ends of the bearings and thusprevents dust and dirt from entering the bearings.Also, it is preferred in food processing plants andpaper and textile mills where drip and splatter mustbe avoided.

CLASSIFICATION OF GREASES

Greases are classified according to their soapbase or thickener. These, in turn, govern the proper-ties and application of the lubricant in a generalway. The soaps used are derived from fatty animalor vegetable oils such as tallow or cottonseed. Newgreases include: disperses of soap in nonpetroleumliquids, and nonstop thickeners in petroleum oils. Athird type of grease, nonpetroleum-nonsoap, consistsof such substances as silicone liquids thickened withalkyl ureas. General classes of greases are as fol-lows:

• Calcium Base Grease. Calcium basegreases containing low viscosity oils are cupgreases. Those containing slightly more viscous oilsare pressure gun greases. These are used in rela-tively slow moving bearings. The greases are waterresistant, but they do not retain consistency well athigh temperatures.

• Sodium Base Grease. Sodium base greases,containing the more viscous oils, will hold up insituations where high temperatures can be ex-pected. They are soluble in water. These greasesare used in gears and in faster moving bearings.

• Lithium Base Grease. Lithium base greasesare water resistant and possess good low tempera-ture characteristics. They are more costly than cal-cium and sodium base greases and their use is oftenrestricted to low volume applications.

• Aluminum Base Grease. Aluminum basegreases are water resistant and retain consistency

well at moderate temperatures. They combine thecharacteristics of both calcium and sodium basegreases. Aluminum base greases are used for gears,for reciprocating parts, and for the lubrication ofequipment used in food and textile mills.

• Barium Base Grease. Barium base greasesare water resistant and can be used at high tem-peratures.

• Mixed Base Grease. Mixed base greasesare used where calcium or sodium base greasescannot be used. Mixed base greases are used onhigh-speed, anti-friction bearings under wet condi-tions and for the lubrication of steam-heated calen-dar rolls in paper and textile mills.

GREASE REQUIREMENTS

Some of the large volume greases used by theArmy include industrial, general-purpose grease,(supplied under federal specification VV-G-632);automotive and artillery grease, (supplied undermilitary specification MIL-G-10924); and ball androller bearing grease, (supplied under specificationDOD-G-24508).

PROPERTIES OF GREASE

Essential properties of greases include appear-ance, penetration (worked), stability, corrosion, re-sistance to aqueous solutions, dropping point, fuelresistance, odor, free acidity, oxidation, and oil sepa-ration.

MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS

The following petroleum products are catego-rized in the miscellaneous category:

• Paraffin waxes and petrolatum (used inpacking and sealing rations, and for dipping muni-tions to prevent rust and corrosion).

• Cutting oils (used as cooling mediums andlubricants for specific machine operations).

• Solvents (used as paint thinners and forcleaning metal surfaces and bearings, also used inthe dry cleaning of clothes).

• Insulating oils (used as insulating and cool-ing medium for certain transformers).

• Asphalt (used for airstrips and for roofing).

FM 10-67-2

2-8

• Medicinal products.• Fungicides and insecticides.

FM 10-67-2

3-1

CHAPTER 3

PETROLEUM QUALITY

Section I. Petroleum Inspection Procedures

GENERAL

Providing quality fuel requires inspection atthe point of purchase, monitoring quality duringstorage, and ensuring quality while distributing fuelto users. A series of inspection procedures, labo-ratories, and testing kits are an integral part ofArmy doctrine and force structure. These proce-dures ensure that the petroleum products used bythe US Army are of the highest quality, meet therequired performance standards, and can be usedfor their intended purpose. Inspecting and testingare necessary to ensure that only acceptableproducts are offered to the government by thecontractor. Laboratory technicians must be awareof the need for painstaking and conscientious workto preserve life and property. These petroleuminspection procedures are divided into three dis-tinct areas: quality control, quality assurance, andquality surveillance.

QUALITY CONTROL

QC is the inspection procedure performed byrefinery personnel to monitor the production of aparticular petroleum product. QC, as distinguishedfrom QS, involves the manufacturer's inspection ofthe handling, step-by-step processing, and finishingof materials. It also involves the final inspectionand testing of end products to ensure that contractmaterials are acceptable. As the US governmentdoes not currently operate any refineries, an in-

depth discussion of QC procedures is not includedin this FM.

QUALITY ASSURANCE

Military petroleum products are usually pro-cured under federal or military specifications. QA is a contract administration function per-formed by the Government in determining whethercontractors fulfill contract requirements and speci-fications of petroleum products and related serv-ices. QA ends and QS begins when the QAR ac-cepts the product. Acceptance of the product rep-resents the transfer of ownership from contractorto Government.

QUALITY SURVEILLANCE

QS includes all the measures used to deter-mine and maintain the quality of government-owned petroleum products to the degree neces-sary to ensure that such products are suitable fortheir intended use. The purpose of QS is to ensurethat products meet quality standards after accep-tance from the contractor and still meet qualitystandards after transfer between governmentagencies or issue to users. QS is complete whenthe product is consumed or transferred to anotheragency or service. Until transfer or consumption, itis the responsibility of the owning service oragency to ensure product quality.

FM 10-67-2

3-2

Section II. Quality Assurance

QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAMADMINISTRATORS

The QA program ensures that the militaryservices obtain products that conform to govern-ment specifications. The agencies and personnelresponsible for QA are described below.

DLA. The DLA administers the QA pro-gram. In CONUS, the DLA delegates procure-ment inspection and acceptance responsibilities tothe DCMC. OCONUS activities are delegated tothe DCMCI. The DCMC subdivides procurementresponsibilities into DFRs to aid in administration.AR 715-27 and DOD Manual 4140.25-M describethe policies and procedures used by Army activi-ties and personnel for procurement inspectionworldwide.

Contractor. The contractor is responsible forcontrolling the quality of his products during manu-facture and storage so he can provide the govern-ment only those products that meet specificationsIAW DLAM 4155.1 (AR 715-27). He mustmaintain an effective QC program, that coverstesting, sampling, blending, packaging, sealing,marking, and loading of petroleum products. Thecontractor must perform all inspection tests onfinished products required by the contract andspecifications and maintain a satisfactory systemof records and reports.

QAR. Government personnel responsible foradministering QA at the contractor sites areknown as QARs. QAR responsibilities are de-scribed below.

• Administer an IQUE of the contractor fa-cilities to ensure that the contractor has in effect aQC system.

• Determine minimum verification testingacceptable for quality products.

• Verify that required tests are performedfor compliance with specifications.

• Obtain quality data from the contractor todetermine products as acceptable.

QAR RESPONSIBILITIES

The QAR's functional responsibility is fulfilledwhen the product is accepted and ownershiptransfers to the government. At this time, QS be-gins. The QAR is usually assigned responsibilityfor product inspection at the field inspection officein which the product is manufactured or procured.However, if requested, the QAR may provide as-sistance to areas outside of their jurisdiction. Insome cases, it may be to the government’s ad-vantage to have the inspection performed by anactivity other than the assigned one. In this case,requesting personnel should submit rationale forreassignment action to the appropriate DCMCIagency.

QUALITY ASSURANCE INSPECTIONSAND ACCEPTANCE

Standards and methods used in performingprocurement QA inspection on petroleum itemsare developed, established, and distributed by theDCMCI. The procurement QA inspection ensuresthat the military services obtain products that con-form to government specifications. QA inspectionsfor acceptance can be performed at the FOB ori-gin or FOB destination.

FOB Origin. When specified as a FOB origincontract, QA inspection is performed at the FOBorigin. The product should receive a type A testIAW AR 715-27 and MIL-HDBK-200. If theproduct is in compliance with all the terms of thecontract, it is accepted by the government repre-sentative. When products are accepted at origin orany point other than destination, they are not rein-spected at their destination for QA compliance.When the product reaches its destination, receivinglocations may perform general examinations todetermine that the supplies are in conformity with

FM 10-67-2

3-3

the contract. They should check the type and kindof product, whether or not it is contaminated, orthe volumes are correct. If the product appears tobe other than that ordered, or if samples failtomeet requirements, further testing is performedand the receiving activity will contact the DCMCIto request inspection assistance and guidance.

FOB Destination. When specified as a FOBdestination contract, QA inspection is performed atthe FOB destination to determine compliance withthe contract. Title passes to the government at thereceiving activity when the product is accepted.Acceptance is based on a determination of quan-tity and verification of enough quality characteris-tics, as prescribed by MIL-HDBK-200.

QUALITY ASSURANCE INSPECTION OFCONTRACTOR FACILITIES

An important aspect of QA is the inspectionof contractor facilities and equipment used tomanufacture and transport petroleum products.

Policy. It is DLA policy to accept only thosesupplies and services that fully conform, in all re-spects, to the contract requirements. The offer ofnonconforming supplies or services to the govern-ment for acceptance should be the exception, andcontractors should be discouraged from submittingrequests for waivers. When a waiver request oc-curs, the QAR will initially review and evaluate itand forward it to the field administration office.The field administration office will then contact theappropriate office given in DLAM 4155.1 (AR715-27). When an exception to a specification isincluded in the original contract or incorporated asa change, that exception will be clearly indicatedon DD Form 250 series document, (Material In-spection and Receiving Reports).

Preaward Survey. The QAR may make apreaward survey of the contractor’s facilities ormay assist in making the survey. The purpose ofthe survey is to ensure that the contractor has the

necessary facilities and the uncommitted capabilityto produce materials of the quality and in thequantities needed to fulfill the government con-tract. The contractor will be expected to include aquality program to ensure products are of accept-able standards. If inadequacies are evident during surveil-lance of contractor facilities, the inspector will re-cord those instances of noncompliance and requestcorrective actions IAW DLAM 8200.2.

QUALITY ASSURANCE INSPECTIONS OFSTORAGE AND TRANSFER FACILITIES

The QAR ensures that refining or terminaltanks used to store contractor-furnished or gov-ernment-owned products are adequate. Consid-eration is given to the following:

• The amount and extent of corrosion andother contaminants present in the facilities..

• Provisions for control of water bottoms.• Location and arrangement of suction lines

and water drawoffs.• Provisions for QC of government-owned

products.• Availability of tank calibration tables.

Transfer Lines. The QAR verifies that ac-ceptable products designated for shipment ortransfer are moved through completely segregatedsystems. If this is not possible, the system must beproperly protected by blind or blank flanges; oropen bleeder valves between double line valves intransfer lines and manifolds. Common transferlines (non-segregated) should be displaced with theproduct being shipped or transferred.

Government Furnished Equipment. If thegovernment furnishes transportation equipment,the title for the product passes to the governmentwhen the product passes through the loading ori-fice of the equipment. Therefore, the contractor isnot responsible if the product is contaminated byunsuitable transportation equipment unless the ex-tent of the contamination clearly indicates thatcontractor personnel failed to inspect the interior

FM 10-67-2

3-4

of the equipment. See QA inspection of tankersand barges for inspection procedures.

Commercial Pipelines. Contractor-ownedproducts for government use may be moved incommercial pipelines. When using this arrange-ment, the supply contract states that the productwill be inspected at origin and accepted at destina-tion. The product may also be tested at destinationif it can be received in terminal tankage beforedelivery to the government.

QUALITY ASSURANCE INSPECTIONS OFTANKERS AND BARGES

The QAR must personally inspect the tankeror barge before it is loaded to make sure it is in anacceptable condition to receive cargo. The con-tractor is not responsible for the product once ithas passed the outboard hose connections of thevessel. When a tanker or barge is scheduled for amultiple port loading, the QAR at the first loadingport inspects all cargo tanks, if possible. For thetanker or barge to pass the inspection, all the cargotanks must be approved for loading. Representa-tives at subsequent loading points are advised ofthe results of the inspection at the first loadingport. Tanks not inspected at the first loading portshould be inspected at a subsequent port and ac-cepted or rejected. Tanks previously inspected andaccepted, but not loaded, may be rejected at asubsequent port if the conditions appear to warrantthis action. Regardless of pressure or protests,representatives must not expedite vessel move-ments at the expense of quality or quantity deter-minations. The following actions are requiredduring inspections of tankers and barges..

• The QAR may require that samples ofrust be taken from selected cargo tanks and testedwith the product being loaded, or a similar solvent.This test is performed to determine the effect uponthe corrosiveness and gum characteristics. Therust is pulverized and added to a sample of theproduct to be loaded, or a similar solvent, in pro-portions of 1 gram of rust per 100 milliliters of theliquid. After the mixture has been shaken vigor-

ously for at least 1 minute, it is filtered free of rustand examined for color, corrosion, and residue, asrequired by the product specifications.

• Loading plans are reviewed to ensure theyare workable. Consideration must be given tobulkheads, lines, tank capacities, ship’s trim, andother factors. If cargoes are split, the QAR makessure the vessel is structurally suitable for handlingtwo or more grades of product simultaneouslywithout contamination. The representative alsoensures that the bulkheads are secure and that thevessel has double valve separation or line blanks.

QUALITY ASSURANCE INSPECTIONSOF TANK CARS AND TANK VEHICLES

The QAR ensures that the contractor per-forms specific inspections of tank cars and tankvehicles. The contractor must inspect all tank carsand tank vehicles before loading to ensure they aresuitable to receive and transport the product. Anytank car or tank vehicle that is not acceptable forloading is rejected. Any tank car or tank truck,received by the contractor from a military activity,which contains a product in excess of 200 gallons,will be reported by the QAR to the responsiblesupply officer. The following actions are requiredduring inspections of tank cars and tank vehicles.

• The contractor must sample and test anyresidue remaining in the conveyance from a previ-ous haul to determine whether a new product canbe loaded on top of the residue. If the residue can-not be identified, the conveyance is rejected. Theincompatible residue must be drained and the con-veyance flushed or cleaned as needed.

• The contractor must maintain filteringdevices in tank cars, tank vehicles, and small con-tainer filling lines. He must make periodic inspec-tions of this equipment, keep records of the in-spections, and make needed repairs or replace-ments to the equipment, when necessary.

• The contractor must check loaded con-veyances for water and sediment. Any free watermust be removed before shipment, except for jetfuels and lubricating oils, in which case the con-veyance will be rejected.

FM 10-67-2

3-5

• The contractor must ensure the productin the discharge manifold of a loaded tank vehicleis the same grade and color as that loaded.

• The contractor must perform applicabletests on representative samples taken from eachloaded conveyance to ensure the product has notbeen adversely affected.

• The contractor is responsible for main-taining records of test results and retaining sam-ples.

• The contractor must seal the domes of thetank cars and all openings of the tank vehicles,with numbered seals, after the conveyance hasbeen loaded.

QUALITY ASSURANCEMEASUREMENTS AND

DOCUMENTATION

The QAR ensures that the contractor per-forms all quantity measurements according to theASTM methods listed in the contract. Volume cor-rection to gallons at 60 °F is required for:

• All product volume measured in storagetanks, prior to receipt.

• Residual fuels and lubricating oils meas-ured in tank trucks. Residual fuels for this purposeare products with a viscosity equal to or greaterthan a regular (not light) No. 4 fuel oil (ASTM D396).

• All other volumes of fuel and fuel oil de-liveries that equal or exceed 3,500 gallons, unlessnot required per contract provision.

Products Shipped By Tanker or Barge. Thequantities of products shipped from or received bya tanker or barge, for FOB origin, shall be deter-mined (at contractor's option) by shore tank orshipping tank measurements or calibrated meters.A government representative may be present towitness measurement. For FOB destination, quan-tities shall be determined (at Government's option)on basis of receiving (shore) tank measurementsor calibrated meter if the facility is so equipped. A

contractor representative may be present to wit-ness the delivery measurement.

Products Shipped By Tank Car. Quantitiesshipped by tank car are determined from ratedshell capacity or net weight of contents; quan-titiesshipped by tank vehicle are determined from vehi-cle shell calibration tables, net weight of contents,or calibrated meters.

Product Shipped by Pipeline. Quantitiesmoved by pipeline are determined by use of cali-brated meters or by tank gages at the point of ori-gin, unless otherwise provided by contract.

Products in Contractor Terminals. Quantitiesof government-owned products in contractor ter-minals are inventoried and reported as required bycontract. Quantities of government-owned prod-ucts in commercial pipelines are reported sepa-rately. Inventories are witnessed and certified bythe QAR.

Losses. The QAR assists departmental ac-tivities in investigating the loss of government-owned products. Losses connected with shippingare reported on SF 361 (Discrepancy in ShipmentReport). Losses connected with government-owned products in the custody of contractors or inthe custody of the government are reported on DAForm 4697 (Department of the Army Report Sur-vey).

Inspection Documentation. The QAR en-sures that the contractor has prepared the requiredinspection documents before the QAR completesit. These documents include DD Form 250(Material Inspection and Receiving Report) andDD Form 250-1 (Tanker/Barge Material Inspec-tion and Receiving Report). DD Form 250 is usedto document receipts of contractor shipments ofDLA-owned bulk fuel, by over-land transport orpipeline to DFSPs. DD Form 250-1 is used todocument shipments and receipts of bulk fuel

FM 10-67-2

3-6

transported by ocean tankers and barges. Samples of these forms are included in Chapter 10.

Section III. Quality Surveillance

QUALITY SURVEILLANCE PROGRAMADMINISTRATORS

QS begins when petroleum products are ac-cepted by the government. It applies to all petro-leum-related products, and is the responsibility ofall personnel who handle them. Testing products inthe supply system is necessary to confirm that pe-troleum products are satisfactory for their intendeduse. The Quality Surveillance Handbook for Fuels,Lubricants, and Related Products (MIL-HDBK-200) sets forth procedures and requirements usedby the military departments and the DLA. Agen-cies and personnel responsible for QS programsand procedures are described below.

• The USAPC, New Cumberland ArmyDepot, New Cumberland, PA, is responsible fordeveloping, coordinating, and monitoring CONUSQS programs as described in AR 710-2. This ac-tivity is under the staff supervision of the AMCand the operational control of the TROSCOM.Besides the USAPC laboratories, other laborato-ries that have a limited quality surveillance capa-bility are located at Fort Hood, Tx; Fort Lee, VA;Fort Campbell, KY; Fort Bragg, NC; FortStewart and Fort Benning, GA; and Fort Rucker,AL. Upon request, USAPC will provide assistanceto overseas commanders in coordinating QS andtechnical assistance programs

• In the theater, the JPO is responsible forensuring that an adequate QS program is main-tained within major commands. In a large theater,there may be requirements for a SAPO or officesto assist the JPO in monitoring the petroleum sys-tem in the areas of responsibility. Overseas labo-ratory facilities will be provided and maintained for

testing fuels and lubricants per joint regulation AR700-36 (AFR 74-16, NASUPINST 4730.1D,MCO P4760.1A, DLAR 4155.29).

• Ultimately, QS is the responsibility ofevery agency in the supply system that transports,stores, distributes, or issues petroleum products.Owning agencies are responsible for establishingand maintaining a QS program as prescribed byMIL-HDBK-200. The organization’s commandermust ensure that facilities are available and ade-quate to test the various petroleum products. Heis also responsible for informing the JPO orSAPO, DFR, or DFSC when any petroleum prod-uct, except pipeline interface product, does notmeet deterioration limits.

PETROLEUM QUALITY SURVEILLANCEAND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE

PROGRAM

The Petroleum Quality Surveillance andTechnical Assistance Program consists of multipleprograms designed to assist commanders in thereceipt, storage, and issue of quality petroleumproducts. CONUS commanders will provide nec-essary information, equipment, and personnelavailable within their resources to assist the coor-dinating USAPC in accomplishing the require-ments of these programs. The total program con-sists of the following elements listed below.

• Quality Surveillance Program.• Petroleum Technical Assistance Program.• Operational Surveillance Program.• Air Pollution Abatement Program.• Petroleum Laboratory Certification.• Engineering Technical Review Program.

FM 10-67-2

3-7

• Underground Storage Tank Program. Quality Surveillance Program. The Quality

Surveillance Program is conducted to ensure thequality of petroleum products supplied from com-mercial sources directly to US Army, ARNG, andUSAR units, and maintain the quality of Army-owned petroleum. It will be conducted on all bulkpetroleum, and packaged products at the frequen-cies established in MIL-HDBK-200. It can beconducted more frequently, if desired, for closersurveillance or when directed by USAPC. It willbe established worldwide for both bulk and pack-aged products. Samples are taken from deliveryconveyances, and commercial product sources,IAW DA PAM 710-2-1, for each contract,(including local purchases) totaling more than10,000 gallons annually.

• In CONUS, USAPC will establish aCONUS sampling schedule. Although the USAPCis not responsible for QA, petroleum products aretested upon receipt from the contractor to establisha base line for future testing. Upon request, theUSAPC will provide to the submitting activity de-tailed sampling instruction, advise the submittingactivity of the test results, and determine if addi-tional QS samples need testing.

• In OCONUS, commanders will establish asampling schedule at the frequencies established inMIL-HDBK-200 or more frequently, if desired,under the guidance of the JPO.

Petroleum Technical Assistance Program.The petroleum technical assistance program isconducted in conjunction with MACOMs and ad-ministered by the USAPC to provide technicalassistance to commanders in solving petroleumproblems. Commanders may request help from atechnical assistance team to resolve problems onreceiving, storage, handling, usage, QS, supply, anddistribution of petroleum products. Commandersmay also obtain assistance with the design, con-struction, maintenance, and repair of petroleumfacilities and dispensing equipment. The TechnicalAssistance Program is conducted in CONUS byUSAPC. Upon request, USAPC will provide as-sistance to overseas commands.

Operational Surveillance Program. The op-erational surveillance program is designed to pro-vide essential QS services to commanders of USArmy and National Guard installations as well asArmy Reserve units. It ensures delivery of ac-ceptable products for use in military equipment byapplying proper handling and control measures. Itenables the collection and reuse of products to themaximum extent possible.

Air Pollution Abatement Program. TheAPAP provides a testing service to CONUScommanders for compliance with air pollutionabatement standards established by law and im-plemented by AR 200-1.

Petroleum Laboratory Certification. All TDAand TOE petroleum testing laboratories must becertified. Certification will include a review of fa-cilities, equipment, methods, and personnel qualifi-cations. The USAPC is responsible for certifyingall CONUS-based labs and for providing the per-sonnel necessary to certify OCONUS laboratoryfacilities. Laboratories shall not perform testing forthe purposes of determining suitability or disposi-tion of petroleum products unless they are certi-fied.

Engineer Technical Review Program. Plansfor new construction, modifications, or upgradingof petroleum facilities are submitted to theUSAPC for review or technical assistance. Allfacilities must meet all the requirements of appli-cable regulations and safety considerations.

Underground Storage Tank Program. Thisprogram establishes underground storage tankstandards as required by law. The UST programapplies to all CONUS Army and ARNG installa-tions and USAR units that operate undergroundstorage tanks. OCONUS units must comply withsubstantive requirements of federal regulations forUSTs, plus the more stringent of Army or hostnation requirements.

CORRELATION PROGRAMS

FM 10-67-2

3-8

In addition to the Quality Surveillance andTechnical Assistance Program, correlation pro-grams exist to provide efficiency checks on certi-fied laboratory facilities. Samples from the samecut of fuel are sent to all laboratories for testing.The results obtained from each laboratory aretabulated. Individual laboratory test results thatdeviate from the majority can be an indicator thatthe testing facility and/or equipment is substandardor personnel are not adequately trained. Resultsare reported to the laboratory with guidance forcorrective action. Specific guidance on the corre-lation program is found in the appropriate com-mand's instructions that cover POL. The USAPCadministers the CONUS correlation programs.Theater-wide correlation programs are usuallyadministered by the JPO.

QUALITY SURVEILLANCE DURINGSTORAGE, LOADING AND UNLOADING

OPERATIONS

The petroleum laboratory technician, assignedto a base, mobile, or airmobile laboratory, provideslaboratory testing support to surrounding units byperforming prescribed tests on petroleum samplessubmitted IAW MIL-HDBK-200. He also pro-vides laboratory testing on any samples submittedof questionable quality. The test results are docu-mented and provided to the supported units withrecommendations, when necessary. They performthe technical evaluation necessary for QS. Themajority of information contained in this FM ad-dresses the duties and responsibilities associatedwith the operation and maintenance of a base, mo-bile or airmobile laboratory. However, the QARimplements QS in petroleum storage and distribu-tion operations. Minimum procedures required forproper quality surveillance of storage operationsare discussed below.

QUALITY SURVEILLANCE DURINGSTORAGE OPERATIONS

QS of storage operations requires the follow-ing procedures.

• Store only one kind of fuel in a tank tomaintain fuel quality. If it is necessary to store an-other type of fuel in a tank, the tank must becleaned before pumping in the new fuel.

• Inspect storage tanks IAW MIL-STD-457. Establish a card file to record the inspectionresults and establish tank cleaning schedules.

• Segregate products and grades in separatesystems when possible and identify lines and fa-cilities as prescribed in CFR, Title 29-Labor. Pro-tect the product by using blind or blank flanges oropen bleeder valves between double line valves, orby removing a section of pipe. Segregation by asingle valve is not sufficient.

• Consolidate on-specification stocks. Thiswill keep storage tanks filled for shipments or is-sues and keep other tanks empty for receipt ofnew products. It will also reduce breathing andevaporation losses, reduce the number of tankswitches in batching operations, and allow nec-essary time

for settling and testing of new stocks before using.• Receive on-specification products into

partly filled tanks if necessary, but do not add newstocks of doubtful quality. Be sure that the freshproduct received into a partly filled tank is thesame product and of equal or better quality thanthe old product.

• Refer to MIL-HDBK-200 for the mini-mum settling time requirements for petroleumproducts before using.

• Bulk fuel tanks should be drained of waterafter each product receipt and at a minimum ofweekly, thereafter. Do not maintain water bottomsunless specifically authorized by the appropriatetechnical authority.

• Sample and test dormant stocks as pre-scribed in quality surveillance tables in MIL-HDBK-200.

• In instances where water bottoms cannotbe completely removed, the water layer should bechecked monthly. Check for the presence of hy-drogen sulfide that sometimes forms as a result ofbacterial action in sulfates present in the water.Hydrogen sulfide is corrosive and will cause theproduct to fail the copper corrosion requirement ofthe specification.

FM 10-67-2

3-9

• Water checks should be made daily in is-sue tanks and weekly in static tanks or each time atank is gaged. If water is found, it should bedrained as soon as possible.

QUALITY SURVEILLANCE DURINGTANKER AND BARGE LOADING

OPERATIONS

A barge is any vessel with less than a 30,000barrel capacity. A tanker is any vessel with over a30,000 barrel capacity. Minimum procedures re-quired for proper QS in tanker and barge loadingoperations are as follows.

• Tankers and barges should be used forone-product service when possible. Otherwise, atanker or barge should be used for clean productsor for black products only.

• Any vessel with greater than a 30,000gallon capacity, is inspected by tank entry and pre-pared IAW AR 715-27, Table II (Guide for Prepa-ration of Cargo Tanks).

• By referring to the ship’s log, the govern-ment representative must verify that minimumprocedures listed in DLAM 4155.1 (AR 715-27)were followed to prepare cargo tanks for changeof product.

• The government representative reviewsthe cargo layout plan. He verifies that split cargoesare properly separated to prevent intermingling.

• Cargo tanks that have been ballasted withsalt water must be stripped and wiped dry beforeloading. Any water in the tank or lines needs to beremoved.

• The quality of the product in shore tanksand all lines used in loading must meet specifica-tions. Approximately 2,000 to 5,000 barrels or atleast line fill, should be pumped into one centercargo tank in the vessel. The ship’s officer shouldthen switch the loading to another tank and con-tinue loading. A sample should be drawn from thefirst tank and tests performed to determine if thequality of the product being loaded is satisfactory.Further sampling and testing are conducted at thediscretion of the representative. If at any timethere is an indication of contamination, the loading

operation is stopped until the cause and extent ofthe contamination is determined.

QUALITY SURVEILLANCE DURING JETFUEL OR KEROSENE LOADING

OPERATIONS

When jet fuel or kerosene is loaded, minimumQS procedures are enforced. They are describedbelow.

• Before loading, all lines are dropped andwater removed from the cargo tanks.

• Initial loading will be at a rate not morethan 3 feet per second (about 1,500 barrels perhour through a 1/2-inch line) through loading linesinto the cargo tanks until the discharge outlet hasbeen covered by at least three feet of the product.Thereafter, the normal loading rate is resumed.The loading rate will not exceed the sum of theallowable rates for the individual tanks being filled.If turbulence or splashing occurs in a cargo tankafter the discharge outlet is covered by the speci-fied 3 feet of product, the reduced loading rateshould be applied until the turbulence ceases.

• When a cargo tank is filled, ullages, watersoundings, temperatures, and samples should notbe taken until 30 minutes after flow has ceased toallow static charge to dissipate. Quality spotchecks can be made 30 minutes after cessation offlow. Whether the tank is being completely filledor just partially filled the same waiting restrictionsapply before sampling is permitted.

• • If strapping tables are available, on-boardquantities are estimated for comparison with quan-tities delivered from shore tanks. The representa-tive enters quantities shipped on DD Form 250-1and testifies as to quality of product loaded. If shipand shore corrected quantity figures differ bymore than ± 0.5 percent, investigate the differenceby regaging, checking seals, or other actions. Enterresults of investigation on DD Form 250-1 in theREMARKS block. The ± 0.5 percent figure mustbe tempered with the known loading history of theship.

QUALITY SURVEILLANCE DURINGTANKER AND BARGE UNLOADING

OPERATIONS

FM 10-67-2

3-10

The following QS procedures are recommendedwhen unloading tankers and barges.

• All level samples are taken from cargotanks, and the receiving checks are performed asprescribed by the QS table in MIL-HDBK-200before discharging begins. Verify all seals shownon the document. If the API gravity of any tankdiffers by + 0.5 percent API from the loading APIgravity, isolate that tank until its quality is verified.Other prescribed tests are performed on compos-ite samples. However, discharging operationsshould not be delayed further if the receivingchecks are favorable.

• Ullages, water soundings, and tempera-tures of cargo tanks are taken. If strapping tablesare available, quantities on board are comparedwith quantities obtained at the loading point. Anydeficiencies in the quantity or quality of the prod-uct at the loading point are noted.

• Gages, water measurements, and tem-peratures of shore tanks are taken before and af-ter discharging. Final gages must be done as soonas possible but cannot be started until tanks havesettled for 30 minutes to dissipate static electricity.After the initial 30 minute wait, gages can be re-peated at 15 minute intervals until the two are con-stant. Final quantity figures are entered on DDForm 250-1 before vessel departure.

• Checks must be made to verify that shoreand pier lines are empty or full before and afterdischarge.

• Cargo tanks are inspected after discharg-ing. If strapping tables are available, quantities dis-charged and those remaining are compared withquantities delivered to shore tanks.

• Shore tanks are sampled and post dis-charge tests are performed after settling a mini-mum of 2 hours or 1 hour per foot in depth, if timepermits.

• Any product received that does not con-form to established use limits is reported to theJPO.

QUALITY SURVEILLANCE DURINGTANK CAR AND TANK VEHICLE

LOADING AND UNLOADINGOPERATIONS

Minimum procedures required for proper QSin tank car and tank vehicle loading and unloadingoperations are described below.

• Refer to MIL HDBK 200, Table V, forinstructions when internal inspection or samplingshow the need for cleaning tanks.

• When possible, store the same product re-petitively in tank cars and tank vehicles to reducethe need for cleaning and to prevent contamina-tion.

• Verify that minimum procedures listed inAR 715-27 have been followed if the product ischanged.

• Inspect the interior and mechanical condi-tion of tank cars and tank vehicles to be sure theyare in condition to receive the product to beloaded.

• Verify that the products in storage tankshave been checked for shipment tests prescribedin the applicable QS table in MIL- HDBK-200.

• Ensure that qualified filter/separators havebeen installed in the supply lines from fuel storagetanks to loading racks.

• Placard each vehicle as prescribed inCFR, Title 49-Transportation. Do not split-loadtank vehicles because of mixing in common dis-charge systems. Ensure that the vehicles haverequired markings and placards IAW AR 55-355and applicable DOT regulations.

• Check the loaded tank cars and tank vehi-cles for shipment tests prescribed by the applicablequality surveillance table in MIL-HDBK-200. Per-form a visual check on loaded conveyances forwater and ensure that it is removed if present.Also check for grade and color of product in dis-charge systems of tank vehicles.

• Secure dome covers and attach serialnumbered seals to the domes and outlets immedi-ately after checking the contents. Seal any placewhere cargo can be removed. Enter API gravityand all seal numbers on the documents.

• Check seals at destination and performreceiving checks prescribed by the QS table be-fore unloading. If water is present, remove it. IfAPI gravity is more than + 0.5 of the loadedgravity, hold the shipment and notify the laboratoryas soon as possible (DLAM 4155.1/AR 715-27).

FM 10-67-2

3-11

Fuels that have a cloudy appearance or an unusualcolor should not be accepted until laboratorytest(s) indicate they are suitable for use.

• Be sure that a tank car or vehicle dis-charges into the storage tank intended to receivethe product. If the contents are transferred to an-other tank vehicle, be sure that the receiving vehi-cle is in the proper condition to receive the productwith no danger of contamination.

QUALITY SURVEILLANCE DURINGPIPELINE OPERATIONS

QARs exercise QS over all movement ingovernment-owned and commercial multi-productpipelines to maintain the quality and quantity ofproducts owned by the government.

Commercial Pipelines. Government-ownedproducts moved in commercial pipelines are in-spected as prescribed by the supply contract andcommercial tariffs. The inspection of pipeline op-erations generally include:

• Handling of batches (cycling, pumpingrates, progress checks at test points).

• Generation, handling, and evaluation ofinterfacial mixtures.

• Cutting of batches into receiving tankage.• Verification of product quality in receiving

tankage.• Use of corrosion inhibitors.• Periodic checks of government-owned

products for solid's content.

The military department having physical posses-sion of the products is responsible for establishingand maintaining an adequate QS program in com-pliance with MIL-HDBK-200. Army personnelresponsible for QS of multiproduct pipeline opera-tions are required to follow these minimum proce-dures:

• Refer to AR 715-27 for proper sequenceof batches and recommended cut points, for com-putation of volume of interfaces, and for recom-mended batch change records.

• Verify quality of product in pipeline re-ceiving tankage after receipt. Select identificationtest IAW MIL-HDBK-200.

• Plan tank switches and necessary valveoperations in exact compliance with the pumpingorder for better control of the interface formedwhen a new batch is pumped into the line.

• See that necessary velocity and pressurefor turbulent flow is maintained. See that the pres-sure is maintained in every part of the line thatmust be shut down.

• Check color or gravity, depending on theproduct, in all batch changes at each successiveterminal or checkpoint for the dispatcher’s infor-mation as he follows the progress of batches andmakes deliveries from the line.

• Make deliveries at intermediate terminalsand to branch pipelines by means of heart cuts.

• Remove interfaces from the pipeline at thelast takeoff point for each product to simplify han-dling and to prevent formation of new interfaces.

• Observe proper batch sequence to forminterfaces that can be cut into one or both of theadjacent products. Segregate any interface thatcannot be so disposed of.

• Test the segregated interfacial material todetermine what products, if any, it can be blendedwith and in what proportions. The petroleum labo-ratory determines the disposition.

• Check samples from all storage tanks af-ter receipts from the pipeline, (particularly thosefrom tanks that have received part or all of an in-terface) to ensure that the product is within uselimits.

• Earmark the contents of a tank found tobe just within use limits after receipt of an inter-face, for early issue or shipment.. Avoid cutting asecond interface into such a tank before it hasbeen emptied.

• Perform ASTM D 2276 to determine par-ticulate contamination in petroleum products.

Section IV. Cleanliness Standards for Aviation Fuels

FM 10-67-2

3-2

GENERAL

Aviation fuels require special handling andsurveillance. QM units are primarily responsiblefor QS during the receipt, storage, and distributionof bulk petroleum products in a theater of opera-tions. However, the handling and surveillance of aproduct at unit level is the responsibility of thatunit. The aviation unit has the operational respon-sibility for ensuring the aviation fuel receives therequired special surveillance.

FILTER/SEPARATORS

Filters/separators remove solid contaminantsand entrained water from liquid fuels. Generally,filter/separators used by the military, use identicalfilter elements and canisters that meet the re-quirements of Military Specification MIL-F-52308.When fuels are provided by one military service toanother, the filtering done in connection with stor-ing, distributing, and dispensing must meet the re-quirements of the supported unit. To ensure qual-ity, all fuel must be filtered, regardless of the typeof product.

Use of Filter/Separators. Aviation fuel mustbe kept free of solid and water contamination be-fore using. At a fuel system supply point, fil-ter/separators should be installed on the deliveryside between the discharge pump assembly andthe receiving side of the dispensing facilities.Aviation fuels must be passed through an ap-proved filter/separator of suitable capability beforeit is delivered to any receiving unit. It must alsopass through a filter/separator before being putinto any refueling vehicle. Finally, the fuel is againpassed through a qualified filter/separator beforebeing dispensed to an aircraft.

Replacement of Filter Elements. The effec-tiveness of filtration is indicated by the amount ofpressure differential across the filter/separator.

The effectiveness of filtration of aviation fuelsshould be determined after filter elements are ini-tially installed or changed, and every month there-after, by following the procedure described inASTM D 2276. The appropriate TM for each fil-ter separator should be checked for information onthe replacement of filters. The pressure differen-tial with clean, new element(s) is usually 2.5 psi orless. The filter elements should be changed for thefollowing reasons:

• The pressure differential drops suddenly,indicating probable rupture, or it exceeds maximumpressure differential specified for the separator.

• The reading on the pressure differentialindicator is in the red (35 psi and above).

• Laboratory analysis of two successivesamples finds that too much water or particulatematter is getting through the filter/separator.

• A conversion is being made from pumpinga lower grade product to a higher grade one.

• A DOD standard filter element, NSN4330-00-983-0998, that has been in use for 24months should be changed.

• A filter change is made when convertingfrom any fuel to jet fuel.

• Twenty-four months has elapsed or an in-spection shows they are ruptured or not properlyinstalled.

SOLID CONTAMINATION

Solid contamination consists of both sus-pended particles and sediment that may comefrom any of the following sources: sand or dirt,dust from the air, metal from repair or wear, plas-ticixers from hose liners, lint, or black (magnetic)and red (non-magnetic) iron oxides. The size ofparticles and the amount are of critical importancebecause of small clearances in aircraft and dieselequipment. Fine particles are less than 10 micronsin size. A micron is 0.001 millimeter, or 1/25.400 ofan inch. These particles are not ordinarily visible tothe unaided eye. Thus, a fuel without visible solidsis not necessarily acceptable.. Fine particles lessthan 5 microns in size cannot be removed readily

FM 10-67-2

3-12

by settling. Coarse particles are 10 microns orlarger, and these can be detected visually. Suchcontamination settles out fairly easily, and all of itcan be separated by adequate filtration. For addi-tional information on contamination, see Table 3-1.

WATER CONTAMINATION

Water may be present in the dissolved stateor in the free (emulsified) state. Water dissolved infuel is similar to moisture in the atmosphere. Dis-solved water cannot be detected visually, nor canit be removed by filter/separators. Small quantitiesof water do not harm the fuel if the water remainsa solution. However, it separates readily when thefuel cools to a temperature lower than that atwhich the water went into the solution. Dissolved

water becomes free water when it separates fromthe fuel.

Free Water. Free water may appear in theform of a cloud or haze. It may also appear as anemulsion. It may appear in the form of dropletsclinging to the side of containers, or in larger quan-tities on the bottoms of containers. Free water isundesirable because it causes icing, corrosion, andmalfunctioning of aircraft accessories. Free waterin gasoline, diesel fuel, and turbine fuel can be re-moved easily by settling and by adequate fil-ter/separators.

Table 3-1. Contamination table

Contaminant Appearance Characteristics Effects on AircraftWater:Dissolved Water

Free water

Not visible

Light or heavy cloud;droplets clinging to sidesof container; or largeamounts on bottom of con-tainer.

Fresh water only; sepa-rates as cloud when fuelcools.

Fresh water or salt water.

None, as long as it remainsin solution; see free water.

Icing of fuel system, erraticgage readings; largeamounts can cause flame-out; salt water corrodesfuel system components.

Solid matter:Rust

Sand or dust

Aluminum, cadium or mah-nesium.

Red or black powder,rouge, or grains; may ap-pear as dye-like material infuel.

Crystalline, granular, orglass-like.

White or gray powder orpaste.

Red (Fe203) non-magnetic;Black (Fe304) magnetic;often comprises 70-90 per-cent of total solids.

Often comprises 0-20 per-cent of total solids.

Sometimes sticky or gelati-nous when wet; some-times comprises 0-10 per-cent of total solids.

Causes sticking, sluggishor general malfunction offuel controls, flow dividers,pumps, nozzles,

Same as rust.

Same as rust; and mayreduce fight range andhigh altitude performance.

Emulsions:Water-in-fuel

Fuel-in-water

Light or heavy cloud.

Reddish, grayish, or

Finely divided drops ofwater in fuel; same as freewater cloud; usually set-tles out at about the samerate as free water.

Finely divided drops of Same as free water and

FM 10-67-2

3-13

blackish; sticky materialvariously described asgelatinous or gummy;often appears as fibrous orstringy material in clear orcloudy fuel.

fuel in water; often con-tains rust that stabilizesthe emulsion; adheres tomaterials normally in con-tact with fuel; emulsionmay persist for indefiniteperiod; contains 50-70percent water, and 30-50percent fuel.

sediment or suspendedmatter; quickly causesfilter plugging and erraticreadings in fuel quantityprobes.

Miscellaneous:Interfacial matter

Air bubbles

Lacy bubbles or scum ininterface; resembles jellyfish.

Cloud in fuel

Result of bacterial actionon sulfates in fresh water;H2S may be generated.Easily dissipated

Same as free water; de-posits of matter may be leftin fuel tanks.

None.

TESTING EFFLUENT SAMPLES FORWATER.

Samples from aircraft refueling vehiclesshould be tested daily on site using the Aqua-Gloseries II/III ultraviolet detector kit, to determinethe amount of water in the fuel. Also, aviation fuelshould be visually examined each time a sample isanalyzed for solids. Visual inspection proceduresare described below.

• Step 1- Fill a clean 1-liter bottle from theeffluent stream and note appearance of fuel. Rec-ord appearance as clear and bright, hazy, orcloudy.

• Step 2- Observe samples appearing clearand bright for the presence of minute droplets ofwater when sampling.

• Step 3- Allow the sample to stand for 15minutes and repeat step 2 above. Record thepresence of any droplets.

FM 10-67-2

4-1

CHAPTER 4

PETROLEUM LABORATORY PERSONNEL, FACILITIES,

AND TESTING EQUIPMENT

Section I. Petroleum Laboratory Personnel

PETROLEUM LABORATORY OFFICER

The petroleum officer, 92F, 0-2, commands orexercises staff responsibilities for units engaged inpetroleum operations. He directs the acquisition,storage, inspection, testing, issue and distribution ofpetroleum products and water. Specific to the pe-troleum laboratories, his responsibilities include:

• Determine QS requirements.• Perform and direct QS at points of pro-

curement and throughout the petroleum distributionsystem.

• Direct base or mobile laboratory opera-tions in testing procedures.

• Supervise performance of standard physi-cal and chemical tests.

• Evaluate test results to ensure productsmeet federal and military specifications.

• • Recommend disposition of off-specification or captured petroleum products.

PETROLEUM LABORATORYSPECIALIST

The petroleum laboratory specialist super-vises or conducts laboratory tests on POL. Thetests are performed IAW ASTM test methods andthe products are evaluated IAW military and fed-eral specifications. At the ascending skill levels,the laboratory specialist is responsible for identify-ing sources and types of contamination and dete-rioration, recommending reclamation and disposi-tion, planning and implementing QS operations, andperforming QA/QS as a OAR/OSR. At all skilllevels, the laboratory specialist is responsible

for adherence to fire and safety procedures andcompliance with all governing environmentalregulations.

DUTIES OF PETROLEUM LABORATORYSPECIALIST

Skill Level 1. Specific responsibilities of thepetroleum laboratory specialist at skill level 1 aredescribed below.

• Receives samples and conducts tests onpetroleum products.

• Reports finding IAW ASTM test methods.• Evaluates test results with specification

requirements and makes recommendations re-garding product disposition.

• Applies fire prevention and safety controlprocedures in handling volatile POL products.

• Applies principles of OHSA and EPAregulations for possible violations of environmentalcontrol laws.

Skill Level 2. Specific responsibilities of thepetroleum laboratory specialist at skill level 2 aredescribed below.

• Identifies sources and types of contamina-tion and deterioration. Makes recommendationsfor reclamation and disposition.

• Furnishes required QS reports to higherHQ.

• Performs organizational and preventivemaintenance and calibration on laboratory equip-ment.

• Performs fire and safety inspections.

FM 10-67-2

4-2

• Applies principles of OSHA and EPAregulations for possible violations of environmentalcontrol laws.

Skill Level 3. Specific responsibilities of thepetroleum laboratory specialist at skill level 3 aredescribed below.

• Plans and organizes petroleum laboratoryactivities.

• Establishes files and technical referencesand specifications.

• Prepares and reviews administrative andtechnical reports.

• Supervises all supply activities and coordi-nates activities with POL storage and distribution.

• Assists in establishment and supervision ofQS programs.

• Ensures adherence to laboratory fire andsafety procedures.

• Applies principles of OHSA and EPAregulations for possible violations of environmentalcontrol laws.

Skill Level 4. Specific responsibilities of thepetroleum laboratory specialist at skill level 4 aredescribed below.

• Performs staff and advisory duties by as-sisting and planning quality assurance, surveillanceoperations, and programs.

• Inspects contractor facilities to ensurecompliance with all provisions of the contract.

• Coordinates special testing of POL prod-ucts, including troubleshooting of differences inresults among laboratories.

• Applies principles of OSHA and EPAregulations for possible violations of environmentalcontrol laws.

Section II. Petroleum Laboratories

GENERAL

Petroleum facilities and testing equipmentused to perform QS in a theater of operations in-cludes several types of laboratories and a series oftest kits. The Army inventory includes base labs,modular base labs, mobile labs and airmobile labs.It also includes aviation fuel contamination testkits, ground fuels test kits, captured fuels test kits,sampling and gauging kits, and aqua glo test kits.Actual needs for QS equipment/facilities will varydepending on the structure of the units deployed,location within the theater, urgency, and other con-siderations.

CONUS ARMY LABORATORYFACILITIES

Facilities established to perform QS testing ofArmy-owned stocks in depots and commercialterminals are located as stated below. Other labo-ratory facilities that can perform most petro-leum

tests are at Fort Rucker, AL, Fort Bragg, NC,Fort Stewart, GA, and Fort Lee, VA.

The states located east of the MississippiRiver are served by the Chief, Army PetroleumCenter, Field Office, East, New Cumberland, PA,17070. The states located west of the MississippiRiver, are served by the Chief, Army PetroleumCenter, Field Office West. Tracy, CA 95376.

OCONUS LABORATORIES

Laboratory facilities overseas are designatedby AR 700-36 as area laboratories. These facilitiesare responsible for QS testing for all military serv-ices in their geographic area of responsibility.

TYPES OF LABORATORIES

The Army has petroleum laboratories whichprovide increasing capability in both testing scopeand output. These laboratories are staffed by pe-troleum laboratory specialists and are assigned topetroleum units or platoons. The different types of

FM 10-67-2

4-3

laboratories are: Base Petroleum Laboratory,Modular Base Petroleum Laboratory, Mobile Pe-troleum Laboratory, Airmobile Petroleum Labora-tory, and Petroleum Quality Analysis System. Ca-pabilities of existing laboratories, described below,are listed in Table 4-1, page 4-4. See Appendix Afor illustrations of the mobile and airmobile petro-leum laboratories.

BASE PETROLEUM LABORATORY(LIN: N83225)

The Base Petroleum Laboratory will be re-placed by the Modular Base Petroleum Labora-tory. The Base Petroleum Laboratory, is used toperform all type A, B and C tests on petroleumproducts, such as gasoline, diesel fuel, kerosene,lubricating oils and greases.

MODULAR BASE PETROLEUMLABORATORY (LIN: Z56271)

The MBPL consists of one mobile petroleumlaboratory and a second semi-trailer containing testequipment, water supply, power distribution, andenvironmental control systems. The MBPL will fillthe need to have a rapidly deployable base labo-ratory and will augment the mobile laboratories intheaters where fixed facilities do not exist. TheMBPL is capable of performing all tests requiredby MIL-HDBK-200 on fuels and lubricants. Thisincludes all required A-level tests, IAW approvedASTM procedures, federal test methods, and re-lated standard petroleum procedures. The physicallayout of the MBPL permits all of its test equip-ment, documentation, and supplies to be mountedor stored in the laboratory during operations ormovement, without impeding personnel movementwithin the MBPL. The MBPL is powered by a 60kw generator. This generator is capable of sus-taining operations for a minimum of 20 hours. Itcan operate a self-contained water supply systemto provide for emergency showers, eyewash, andto flush accidental spills of chemicals, (minimum of50 gallons). It also maintains component devicesin a clean, uncontaminated state after initial in-stallment. The MBPL is also equipped with acomputer for semi-automated data collection and

reporting. The MBPL is a deployable, major testfacility. It is allocated to a petroleum group, andnormally will be employed in EAC in theCOMMZ.

MOBILE PETROLEUM LABORATORY(LIN: 3800).

The mobile petroleum laboratory is a self-contained unit housed in either an M-822 or M-971semi-trailer van. It is used to perform qualitativeand quantitative tests on petroleum products in thefield. Laboratory personnel can perform B-1, B-2,B-3, and C type tests on fuels; modified type Atests on fuels; and modified type B-2 tests onpackaged lubricants, greases, and related fluids.The laboratory requires only an external powersource, a water supply, and a waste water disposalfacility when in operation. The laboratory is C-141deployable with landing gear and dolly removed.This facility can be allocated to a QuartermasterPetroleum Supply Battalion, a Petroleum Pipelineand Terminal Operating Battalion, and a Corps orEAC area. TM 5-6640-215-13 and TM 10-6640-215-23P contain the operating and maintenancedata for this laboratory.

AIRMOBILE PETROLEUMLABORATORY(LIN: L33184)

The airmobile petroleum laboratory is a self-contained unit which only needs an external powersource, a water supply, and a waste-water dis-posal facility when in operation. The laboratory isessentially an S-280 B/G military shelter that hasbeen modified to accommodate all of the equip-ment, apparatus, instruments, and supplies neededto support fuel quality testing in the forward areas.It can perform a variety of critical tests in the field,on aviation and diesel fuel. It is designed for rapidmovement by ground or air and for quick on-sitesetup. It is air deployable by C-130 or larger air-craft or CH-47 helicopter, either by internal orsling loading. This facility is allocated to a MainSupport Battalion to provide divisional support.TM 10-6640-216-13&P contains the operating andmaintenance data for this laboratory.

FM 10-67-2

4-4

FM 10-67-2

4-5

Table 4-1. Capabilities of petroleum laboratories

TestTest

Method

Base/ModularBase Petroleum

LaboratoryLIN L83275LIN Z56271

MobilePetroleum LaboratoryLIN L33800

AirmobilePetroleumLaboratoryLIN L33184

D 56 Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester X XD 86 Distillation of Petroleum Products X X XD 91 Precipitation Number of Lubricating Oils X XD 92 Flash and Fire Point by Cleveland Open Cup X XD 93 Flash Point by Penske-Martens Closed Tester X X XD 94 Saponification Number by Petroleum Products X XD-95 Water in Petroleum Products and Bituminous

Materials by DistillationX X

D 96 Water and Sediment in Crude Oils XD 97 Pour Point of Petroleum Oils X XD 129 Sulfur in Petroleum Products (General Bomb Method) XD 130 Detection of Copper Corrosion from Petroleum Products by the

Copper Strip Tarnish TestX X X

D 156 Saybolt Color of Petroleum Products (Saybolt Chromometer Method)

X

D 189 Conradson Carbon Residue of Petroleum Products X XD 217 Cone Penetration of Lubricating Grease X XD 287 API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Petroleum Products

(Hydrometer Method)X X X

D 322 Gasoline Diluent in Used Gasoline Engine Oils by Distillation X XD 323 Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method) X X XD 341 Viscosity-Temperature Charts for Liquid Petroleum Products X XD 381 Existent Gum in Fuels by Jet Evaporation X XD 445 Kinematic Viscosity of Transparent and Opaque Liquid

(and the Calculation of Dynamic Viscosities)X X

D 446 Films Deposited from Bituminous Emulsions X XD 473 Sediment in Crude and Fuel Oils by Extraction X XD 482 Ash from Petroleum Products X X

FM 10-67-2

4-6

Table 4-1. Capabilities of petroleum laboratories (continued )

TestTest

Method

Base/ModularBase Petroleum

LaboratoryLIN L83275LIN Z56251

MobilePetroleumLaboratoryLIN L33800

AirmobilePetroleumLaboratoryLIN L33184

D 524 Ramsbottom Carbon Residue of Petroleum Products XD 525 Oxidation Stability of Gasoline (Induction Period Method) X XD 526 Lead in Gasoline, Gravimetric Method. X XD 566 Dropping Point of Lubricating Grease X XD 611 Aniline Point and Mixed Aniline Point of Petroleum Products and

Hydrocarbon SolventsX X

D 873 Oxidation Stability of Aviation Fuels (Potential Residue Method) X XD 874 Sulfated Ash from Lubricating Oils and Additives X XD 892 Foaming Characteristics of Lubricating Oils X XD 893 Insoluble in Used Lubricating Oils X XD 942 Oxidation Stability of Lubrication Greases by the Oxygen Bond Method X XD 974 Neutralization Number by Color-Indicator Titration X XD 976 Calculated Cetane Index of Distillate Fuels X X XD 1012 Aniline Point and Mixed Aniline of Hydrocarbon Solvents X XD 1085 Gaging Petroleum and Petroleum Products X X XD 1086 Measuring the Temperature of Petroleum and Petroleum Products X X XD 1094 Water Reaction of Aviation Fuels X X XD 1218 Refractive Index and Refractive Dispersion of Hydrocarbon

LiquidsX

D 1250 Petroleum Measurement Tables X X XD 1266 Sulfur in Petroleum Products (Lamp Method) XD 1275 Test for Corrosive Sulfur in Electrical Insulating Oil XD 1287 ph of Antifreeze, Antirusr and Coolants X XD 1298 Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity) or API Gravity of Crude

Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Product by Hydrometer MethodX X

D 1332 Smoke Point of Aviation Turbine Fuels X

FM 10-67-2

4-7

Table 4-1. Capabilities of petroleum laboratories. (Continued)

TestTest

Method

Base/ModularBase Petroleum

LaboratoryLIN L83275LIN Z56251

MobilePetroleumLaboratoryLIN L33800

AirmobilePetroleumLaboratoryLIN L33184

D 1796 Water and Sediment in Crude Oils and Fuel Oils by Centrifuge X XD 2270 Calculating Viscosity Index from Kinematic Viscosity X XD 2273 Trace Sediment in Lubricating Oils X XD 2276 Particulate Contaminant in Aviation Fuels by Line Sampling X X XD 2386 Freezing Point of Aviation Fuels X XD 2392 Color of Dyed Aviation Gasoline X XD 2500 Cloud Point of Petroleum Oils X XD 2547 Lead in Gasoline, Volumetric Chromate Method X XD 2550 Separation Characteristics of Aviation Turbine Fuels (WSIM) X XD 2624 Electrical Conductivity of Aviation and Distilled Fuels Containing

a Static DissipatorX X X

D 2709 Water and Sediment in Distillate Fuels by Centrifuge X XD 3240 Undissolved Water in Aviation Turbine Fuels X X XD 3241 Thermal Oxidation Stability of Aviation Turbine Fuels

(JFTOT Procedure)X X

D 3703 Determination of Peroxide Content of Aviation Turbine Fuels XD 3948 Determining Water Separation Characteristics of Aviation Turbine Fu-

els by Portable SeparometerX X

D 4057 Manual Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products X X XD 5006 Measure of Fuel System Icing Inhibitors (Ether Type) in Aviation Fuel X X XFTMS 5101 Neutrality (Qualitative) X XFTMS 5327.3 Determination of Fuel System Icing Inhibitor (FSll) in

Hydrocarbon FuelsX X X

FTMS 5329 Humidity Cabinet Protection X XFTMS 5330 Visual Colorimetric Determination of FSII in Hydrocarbon Fuels X XFTMS 5340 Inhibitor in Hydrocarbon Fuels/B2 X X XFTMS 5415 Resistance of Greases to Aqueous Solutions X X

FM 10-67-2

4-8

PETROLEUM QUALITY ANALYSISSYSTEM ( LIN: Z48700)

Research is being conducted for future de-velopment of the PQAS. The PQAS will includemodern analytical instrumentation and communi-cations equipment mounted on a highly mobile flat-

form. It will be capable of performing rapid analy-sis and quality testing of mobility fuels fromCOMMZ to areas forward of the FSB. It willeventually replace the petroleum Air Mobile Labo-ratory, a highly mobile laboratory equipped withcommunications and capable of operating inde-pendently throughout the theater.

Section III. Test Kits

GENERAL

Various test kits are used throughout thetheater of operations to provide limited QS of fu-els. The kits are designed to provide a final checkon fuel quality and include only tests that indicatethe most common forms of fuel contaminationsuch as inclusion of water and sediment and com-mingling. Also, most kits include equipment whichallows the user to sample and measure the fuel’svolume. Test kits provide daily testing at the bri-gade and battalion levels. If there is any doubtabout the quality of the product tested, a sampleshould be submitted to the supporting laboratory.Capabilities of the various petroleum test kits de-scribed below, are listed in Table 4-2, page 4-8.

AVIATION FUEL CONTAMINATIONTEST KIT (LIN: T05741)

The aviation fuel contamination kit is designedto provide a final check on aviation fuel just beforefueling of an aircraft. It is a one-person, portablekit consisting of components and testing equipmentcapable of performing the Particulate Contamina-tion Test on aviation gasoline and turbine fuel; theAPI gravity and temperature tests;and determining free water content in aviation fuelsamples (Aqua-Glo series). Particulate contamina-tion can be performed by color method or thematch weight method. The match weight monitormethod is an alternate to ASTM D 2276. Thecolor rating can be made in the field by visualanalysis, and does not require stringent laboratoryprocedures. The match weight method must besent to a laboratory for analysis. This kit is primar-

ily used by aviation companies and can be oper-ated by the fuel truck operator. TM 5-6630-218-10contains the operating and maintenance data forthis test kit (see Figure 4-1).

Figure 4-1. Aviation Fuel Contamination testkit

FM 10-67-2

4-9

Table 4-2. Capabilities of petroleum testing kits

TestTest

Method

Ground FuelsPetroleum

Test KitLIN W05673

Samplingand Gaging

KitLIN W02115

Aviation FuelContamination

Test KitLIN T05741

Aqua GloTest Kit

Series II/IIILIN G04106

D 86 Distillation of Petroleum Products XD 93 Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Tester XD 270 Sampling Petroleum and Petroleum Products X XD 287 API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Petroleum Prod-

ucts (Hydrometer Method) X X XD 1085 Gaging Petroleum and Petroleum Products X X XD 1086 Measuring the Temperature of Petroleum and Petro-

leum Products XD 1250 Petroleum Measurement Tables XD 1298 Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), Or API

Gravity of Crude Petroleum And Liquid Petroleumproducts by Hydrometer Method X X X

D 2276 Particulate Contamination in Aviation Turbine FuelsX

D 3240 Undissolved Water in Aviation Turbine Fuels X XD 4057 Manual Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Prod-

ucts X X

FM 10-67-2

4-10

SAMPLING AND GAGING KIT(LIN: W02115)

The sampling and gaging kit has the capabilityto determine the API gravity of fuels. This testprovides the user with an indication of producttype or a check for commingling of fuels. TM 10-6640-230 contains the operating and maintenancedata for this test kit (see Figure 4-2).

Figure 4-2. Sampling and Gaging test kit

GROUND FUELS CONTAMINATIONTEST KIT (LIN: W05673)

The ground fuels contamination test kit is de-signed specifically to test diesel fuels and motorgasoline to be used in ground equipment (see Fig-ure 4-3, page 4-10). The ground fuels test kit hasthe capability to accurately determine if commin-gling has occurred. Because this kit is supple-mented by separate Aqua-Glo and Millipore testequipment, it can determine contamination of thefuel by water and particulate matter. TM 10-6630-247 contains the operating and maintenance datafor this kit

CAPTURED FUELS TEST KIT(LIN: P95280)

The captured fuels test kit is a compact, port-able kit intended for use by field soldiers. It candetermine if a fuel of opportunity (captured or un-known) is suitable for use in diesel or gas turbineengines. Determination is by approximate meas-urement of specific gravity, viscosity, and visualcontamination. Fuel sample size to perform the testis less than 300 milliliters. All tests are combined ina single tester. Fuel is considered suitable only ifall three tests have given “GO” readings. Opera-tional time to perform the test should not exceedten minutes. TM 10-4320-314 contains the oper-ating and maintenance data for this kit.

AQUA-GLO TEST KIT(LIN: G04106)

The Aqua-Glo III water detector/mini monitorcontamination test kit is used to detect and meas-ure the amount of undissolved water in kerosene-type jet fuels. The Aqua-Glo Series III has a newlight source, and is capable of operating on ACpower or battery packs.

FM 10-67-2

4-11

Figure 4-3. Ground Fuels Contamination test kit

FM 10-67-2

4-12

Section IV. Laboratory Equipment Maintenance and Supply

MAINTENANCE

Instructions for maintaining the laboratoriesand their special components are in the applicableTMs. Because maintenance personnel are not as-signed to petroleum laboratories, all laboratory per-sonnel must perform operator maintenance on theequipment. A maintenance schedule should beprepared detailing the maintenance to be per-formed on each piece of equipment. Suspensefolders containing Schedule and Record DDForms 314 (Preventive Maintenance) should bemaintained. These folders are given to techniciansin the laboratory to check the listed items and per-form the required maintenance. A checklist formatis satisfactory. The equipment in the laboratory,whether in use or not, should remain in a high stateof readiness.

CALIBRATION

According to AR 750-25, all petroleum labo-ratory personnel are responsible to ensure all ofthe laboratory equipment listed in TB 43-180 isperiodically calibrated. Calibration logs, though notrequired, have proven valuable in maintaining anequipment audit trail. They can then be used toschedule the C-level calibration workload withinthe laboratory and A-level calibration by theTMDE personnel.

CALIBRATION OF TEST KITS

In addition to petroleum laboratory equipment,components of the test kits may also require cali-bration. The sampling and gaging kit contains aninnage tape and bob that must be periodically cali-brated. Kits that contain thermohydrometers orthermometers and hydrometers will need calibra-tion. Personnel responsible for the operation ofthese kits should contact the nearest mobile orbase petroleum laboratory for C-level calibrationsupport. Most of the time, a one-for-one ex-change of

each item of equipment can be arranged. Thecaptured fuels test kit does not require calibration.

A-LEVEL CALIBRATION PROCEDURES

A-level calibration is not performed by petro-leum laboratory personnel. It is performed by per-sonnel from a TMDE calibration center. Petro-leum laboratories can either schedule a TMDEcalibration laboratory team to perform A-levelcalibration on site or send the equipment to aTMDE calibration and repair center, or a combi-nation of both. The method chosen depends on theregulations and policies within the specific com-mand. Laboratories sending equipment for calibra-tion must have at least two sets of the equipmenton hand. Never turn in both sets at the same time.Rotate them to keep a calibrated set on hand. DAForm 2402 (Exchange Tag) is filled out and at-tached to each item of equipment that must besent to a calibration facility. The sending petroleumlaboratory files the bottom portion of the tag foraccountability purposes.

C-LEVEL CALIBRATION PROCEDURES

C-level calibration (standardization) is per-formed at the petroleum laboratory by laboratorypersonnel using an A-level calibrated set ofequipment. C-level calibration methods are listed inASTM Volume 5.03, Series E (ASTM Method E1for thermometers or E 100 for hydrometers).Once an item of equipment has passed C-levelcalibration, a completed DA Label 80 (US ArmyCalibrated Instrument) is either attached to theitem of equipment or to the DD 314 and kept onfile. Items of equipment which fail C-level calibra-tion should have a DA Form 2417 (US Army Cali-bration System Rejected Instrument) attached sothat they will not be used. These items of equip-ment, along with items of equipment being re-

FM 10-67-2

4-13

turned from the A-level calibration facility, shouldbe turned in for repair or disposal.

SUPPLY

Equipment requirements for petroleum labo-ratories are determined by TOE, TDA, TMs, mili-tary and federal specifications, and the currentMIL-HDBK-200 These are used as guides toestablish the basic requirements for the laboratory.Stocks have to be added to as new tests areadopted. This facilitates accomplishment of specialtest programs the laboratory is responsible for orinvolved in. Reviewing the current mission is thebest way of determining required stock levels andfor planning acquisition of new equipment or otherrequired items.

Standard Items. Standard items are found inthe 6600-series or 6800-series FSC lists or theUSAPC supply catalog for petroleum laboratories.Many standard petroleum items are normally inshort supply in the theater because they are nothigh-demand items. Requisitions should be sub-mitted far in advance, and long delays should beexpected because of surface shipment from dis-tant points

Nonstandard Items. Nonstandard items arethose not available in the military supply system.These items can normally be obtained from com-mercial company catalogs. These catalogs may be

obtained directly from the company by sending aletter from the laboratory or the supply officer(S4).

INVENTORIES

One of the senior laboratory specialists isusually assigned the additional duty of laboratorysupply chief. This individual should maintain astock level control file or a current running inven-tory on all laboratory apparatus and chemicals re-quired. Once a 100 percent inventory has beenconducted, a current running inventory can bemaintained by using a usage/breakage list and aperiodic updating of the inventory. A 100 percentinventory is recommended on a quarterly basis.

PRESCRIBED LOAD LIST

Upon deployment of the mobile laboratories,the person in charge of ordering supplies must re-order all items of equipment listed in each of thelaboratory's overpack content list. This ensuresthat replenishment of expendable supplies is ac-complished before the overpack supplies are ex-hausted. A laboratory PLL must be developedbased on actual demand data after the initial order.Subsequent requests for supplies will be based onthe laboratory's PLL. The PLL is subject tochange as the mission dictates.

Section V. Equipment Publications and Forms

GENERAL

Each laboratory is required to maintain a cur-rent library of specifications (military and federal),military standards, and other standardizationdocuments as appropriate for the mission. Mostdocuments can be ordered using the DODISS andDD Form 1425 (Specifications and StandardsRequisition).

DODISS

DODISS is a cumulative alphabetical andnumerical listing of specifications, standards andrelated standardization documents It is sorted byfederal supply class and available for military ac-tivities from:

Commanding OfficerNaval Publications and Forms CenterATTN: NPFC 1055801 Tabor AvenuePhiladelphia, PA 19120-5099

FM 10-67-2

4-14

The DODISS is in three parts. Part I is theDODISS alphabetical listing. It lists all activedocuments alphabetically by nomenclature, crossreferenced to document number, document date,preparing activity, and custodians. Part II is the

DODISS numerical listing. It lists all active docu-ments in document number sequence by documenttype. Part III is the DODISS FSC listing. It lists allcurrent documents in FSC sequence, cross refer-enced to document number, document date, pre-paring activity, and custodians.

DD FORM 1425

DD Form 1425 is available through the nor-mal forms distribution system. It includes a self-addressed gummed label. Use of DD Form 1425ensures faster service when requisitioning stan-dardization documents. However, all requests willbe honored without regard to the requisition formused. Military activities having a requirement forautomatic distribution of standardization documentsin specific FSCs should refer to DOD 4120.3-M.

REQUISITION PROCESSING

To expedite requisitions for special docu-ments, be sure to follow these procedures:

• Indicate complete mailing address.

• • Indicate desired quantity of each docu-ment.

• • List each desired specification or standardby document symbol as shown in the DODISS.

• • List federal specifications in alphabeticalorder and all others in numerical order. The fol-lowing sequence is preferred: military specifica-tion, military standards, federal specifications, fed-eral standards, QPLs and others.

• • Limit the number of line items per requestto five or less.

• • All amendments and revisions will auto-matically be issued with the basic specificationunless otherwise specified by the requester. Formore information, refer to the introduction of theDODISS.

FM 10-67-2

5-1

CHAPTER 5

ESTABLISHING PETROLEUM TESTING FACILITIES IN THE THEATER

Section I. Deployment of Petroleum Testing Facilities

PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT

When petroleum testing facilities are pre-pared for shipment, the type of laboratory, its mis-sion or purpose, and the mode of transportationneed to be considered. Coordination of the majorsteps during the notification sequence (N + hour)should be set up by the laboratory's NCOIC. Itshould be based on the laboratory resources andthe time factor in which these steps must be com-pleted. The time factor may vary from 24 to 72hours, depending on the mission and local SOP.Specific to the laboratory is the coordination ofresources necessary to prepare the interior andexterior of the laboratory for movement in thespecified time. Particular attention must be paid tothe correct handling of the supplies used in a labo-ratory, many of which are classified as hazardousmaterials. Requirements for shipping hazardousmaterials by rail, road, water and nonmilitary air-craft are found in CFR 40 and 49, BOE TariffNumber 6000-B, and DOT regulations. For infor-mation on shipping hazardous materials by militaryaircraft, refer to TM 38-250. The laboratoryNCOIC will use the appropriate reference for themode of transportation to prepare the hazardousmaterials for shipment. Quantities per container(or package) of hazardous materials and types ofpacking material may change with each type oftransportation.

SHIPPING DOCUMENTS

DD Form 1387-2 (Special HandlingData/Certification) is required for hazardous mate-rial shipped by military aircraft. Use this form for

all shipments of hazardous laboratory material. SeeTM 38-250 for form preparation instructionsand IAETA for commercial air and some militaryair hubs. This form helps personnel to rapidly iden-tify, neutralize, and dispose of hazardous materialin case of an accident. Refer to the local SOP andBOE 6000-B to prepare shipping papers accordingto TM 38-250. When a laboratory is shipped by airduring tactical or contingency operations, a waiveris necessary. Waivers to packaging requirementsmust be requested according to TM 38-250.

REQUEST CHANNELS AND FORMAT

A request to ship by military aircraft shouldbe submitted through channels to HQ, USAF,when Air Force aircraft are involved. For Armyaircraft, shipment waivers are requested from:

HeadquartersDepartment of the ArmyATTN: DAPE-HRSWashington, DC 20310-0001

The request must contain the following:• The reason the shipment must be made.• The reason other modes of transportation

cannot be used.• A statement that noncompatible items

have been packed to prevent propagation of deto-nation or contamination (in case one item deto-nates or leaks).This does not apply to conditionspresent in aircraft crash. The statement shouldalso include a brief description of tests or otherbasis on which such safety conclusions rest, andadditional safety controls which must be exercisedby the carrier.

FM 10-67-2

5-2

• An estimate of propagation of detonationor contamination to be expected if the aircraftcrashes.

• Date of movement, route, type of aircraftrequired (channel or special), specific cargo loadconfiguration required (if requested) and a POC atorigin and destination.

REQUEST APPROVAL

The office that has operational control of theaircraft, in coordination with safety personnel andother staff agencies, evaluates each request forwaiver. If it approves the waiver, it will forwardcopies of the approved request to the requesterand to the command having operational control ofthe aircraft. It will also advise the shipper, person,or office to be contacted at the origin base. Theoffice requesting the waiver, on receipt of ap-proval, arranges for the handling of the shipmentsat origin, in transit, and at destination bases.

Section II. Petroleum Laboratory Area Requirements

GENERAL

Some critical factors to consider in estab-lishing petroleum laboratory operations includesite selection and setup, assembly, and disassem-bly of the laboratory. Other areas of concern areenvironmental considerations, fire prevention, de-struction of equipment to prevent enemy use, anddefense in an NBC environment. Information onindividual items of equipment and maintenanceprocedures can be found in the appropriate TMs.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

We need to keep our commitment in pro-tecting the environment. The following areas mustbe considered prior to occupancy of an area.

• Flora and Fauna Protection. Destructionof flora and fauna for bases and for minimumhealth and welfare and safety is permitted. De-struction and clearing of large areas, in excess ofapproximately 100 acres, must be approvedthrough the operational chain-of-command withfinal approving authority resting with the joint op-erational commander. The affect on the environ-ment should be weighed against the military ad-vantage to be gained. The method for clearingoperations must be coordinated and approvedthrough the engineer and medical channels.

• Basing and conducting operations in thevicinity of archeological and historical buildings

and areas should be minimized to protect suchareas from war and war related damage.

Environmental protection measures must beimplemented during operations and after depar-ture from a site. The purpose of this recordkeeping is to document US stewardship of landand facilities during the contingency. This willpreclude unsubstantiated claims against the USGovernment, and false detrimental publicityagainst the US armed forces.

• Unless it is detrimental to the success ofthe mission and operational effectiveness, allbases and installations (permanent and tempo-rary) shall be operated IAW the governing envi-ronmental standards as determined by the DOD.

• When practicable, the initial environ-mental conditions of any location occupied by USforces as a base, will be documented. This docu-mentation will include a description and conditionof water sources, soil, flora, archeologi-cal/historical facilities, air quality, and other envi-ronmental considerations. This documentation willbe forwarded through engineer channels to thecomponent service engineer.

• • Prior to departure and abandonment of abase, the current description and conditions ofwater sources, soil, flora, archeological/historicalfacilities, air quality and other environmental con-ditions will be documented. Also, users of thebase during US occupancy will submit locations

FM 10-67-2

5-3

of latrines, hazardous waste sites, landfills, main-tenance activities, POL storage, and other possi-ble environmentally hazardous activities throughengineer channels to component service engi-neers.

• Initial and closeout base environmentalconditions will be maintained at component serv-ice HQ for five years after conclusion of the con-tingency unless further directions are issued.

LABORATORY SITE SELECTION

Choosing a good laboratory site is critical tothe safety and security of all personnel. Some ofthe physical characteristics to look for in selectingareas for all petroleum laboratories are:

• The site should be firm, reasonably levelwith well drained terrain, and relatively free ofsurface rocks and large stones.

• Avoid low areas because of the dangerof vapors collecting in them.

• The selected site should be at least 500feet away from other areas of operation.

• Choose a site near a stream, pond, orother established water source when possible, toprovide a source for the laboratory's water sys-tem and as an aid in fire control.

• The selected site should be located nearor on an access road.

• The site should provide adequate coverand concealment, or camouflage nets may beused.

• The site should be easily defended.• Site should require the least amount of

engineer support.

PETROLEUM BASE LABORATORYREQUIREMENTS

Since the Petroleum Base Laboratory is be-ing replaced by the Modular Petroleum BaseLaboratory, site requirements and preparationswill not be discussed in this manual.

MODULAR BASE LABORATORYREQUIREMENTS

Area requirements for the proposed modularbase petroleum laboratory will be sufficient toposition two trailers, side by side. Each trailer is

approximately 38 feet long by 8 feet wide. Theselected site must also include space for gen-erators, a sample storage area, a waste disposalarea and administrative parking.

MOBILE LABORATORYREQUIREMENTS

The site for a mobile laboratory should belarge enough to maneuver a trailer approximately38 feet long and 8 feet wide. Areas for thetrailer-mounted , 60-kilowatt generator; samplestorage; waste disposal area; chemical overpackstorage; and administrative vehicle parking mustalso be considered in the selected area.

• Initial Preparation, Equipment Inspection,and Test Equipment Operations. TM 10-6640-215-13 contains operator, unit and direct supportmaintenance instructions for the mobile labora-tory. Refer to TM 10-6640-215-23P for list ofspare and repair parts; special tools; special tests,measurement and diagnostic equipment (TMDE);and other special support equipment required forthe performance of unit and direct supportmaintenance of the mobile laboratory.

• Operational Capability. Full operationalcapability of the mobile laboratory can beachieved within 12 to 16 hours from the time thelaboratory arrives on site. This time is required forutility hookup, unpacking of test equipment, mixingof solutions, and bringing equipment and baths tooperating temperatures.

• Sustainability. The mobile laboratory hasa series of overpack boxes which contain thenecessary replacement chemicals, glassware, andexpendable supplies to provide for 60 to 90 daysofsustainability without resupply. The increasedsustainability allows for the time lag in the unde-

FM 10-67-2

5-4

veloped theater that occurs while regular supplylines are being established. The BII (Basic IssueItems) List and Expendable/Durable Item List arefound in TM 10-6640-215-13. The actual lengthsof days depend on the work load experienced, thetypes of products tested, and the mission of theunit to which the laboratory is assigned.

AIRMOBILE LABORATORYREQUIREMENTS

The site for the airmobile laboratory shouldbe large enough for a shelter 12 feet long by 7feet wide. Include additional space for a trailer-mounted, 15 kw generator; overpack and samplestorage; waste disposal area; and administrativevehicle parking.

• Initial Preparation, Equipment Inspection,and Test Operation. Initial preparation, equipmentinspection, and test equipment operation is de-scribed in TM 5-6640-216-13&P. Full operationalcapability of the airmobile laboratory can beachieved within four to six hours of arrival at thesite.

• Sustainability. As with the mobile labora-tory, the airmobile laboratory includes overpackboxes which provide a 60 to 90-day sustainabilityfactor. See SC 6640-97-CL-E01 for the contentlist.

GROUND FUELS TEST KITREQUIREMENTS

The ground fuels test kit can be set up andoperated in a space as small as 6 feet by 4feet.The test kit should be set up in a tent or shelter inorder to protect test equipment from wind, dust,rain, or snow.

TEST KIT REQUIREMENTS

Except for the ground fuels test kit men-tioned above, the remaining kits do not requireany specific shelter for operation. The followingkits are portable and housed in suitcase-typecases. See Chapter 4 for additional informationon available test kits.

• The aviation fuel contamination test kitcan be set up in 10 minutes. The kit is designedto transport enough expendable supplies to run 50tests without replenishment.

• The Aqua-Glo test kit can be operatedimmediately. Supplies are sufficient to run 50tests.

• The sampling and gauging kit can be op-erated immediately. There are approximately 120days worth of expendable supplies included in thekit.

• • The captured fuels test kit has immediateoperational capability. Since it does not use anyexpendable supplies, its use is uninterrupted.

Section III. NBC Environment

NBC THREAT CONSIDERATIONS

Petroleum testing facilities are found through-out the theater of operations. It is probable thatthey will face some enemy activity either in theform of conventional or NBC weapons. NBCagents used by the enemy will depend on terrain,weather, location of other enemy units, and thedesired effect. These weapons may be delivered

by air, land, or sea and by indirect or direct fire.Laboratory facilities must be able to withstand anNBC-contaminated environment. Efforts to reducethe vulnerability of sites to NBC attack play amajor role in improving survivability.

NUCLEAR EFFECTS

FM 10-67-2

5-5

Understanding the effects of a nuclear blastis important in planning your defense against it. Itcan cause equipment damage as well as injury topersonnel. The effects of a nuclear explosion in-clude the following.

• The air blast can overturn or crush equip-ment and hurl debris.

• Thermal radiation can ignite combustiblematerials.

• Nuclear radiation can affect personnel,both after the explosion and through residual ra-diation.

• EMP can damage electrical equipment

because it induces voltage in excess of normaloperating levels.

PREPARATION OF SITE

Standard defense procedures in preparing asite for occupancy are listed below.

• Camouflage your position and equipment.• Disperse equipment and areas of opera-

tion.• Store chemicals properly. Store incom-

patible chemicals away from each other.• Use containers to store equipment and

supplies, if possible. Also, cover the equipment andsupplies.

• Use terrain features to shield operations.• Make sure first aid supplies are on hand.• Construct fighting positions that have

overhead cover.• Follow communications security and op-

erations security procedures.• Make sure the operating area is free of

debris.

LABORATORY NBC PROTECTIONPROCEDURES

To further protect laboratory equipment andfacilities from an NBC attack, some additionalprocedures are listed below.

• The test kits can be set up in a tent. Thetent can be hardened by putting sandbags aroundthe center pole and placing sandbags and dirt asfar up the sides as possible.

• The airmobile and mobile laboratories aregood shelters as long as doors, windows, vents,and cable access ports are closed. The earth is agood shielding material. Use natural terrain fea-tures to reduce blast effects. Wires and cable runsshould be kept as short and straight as possibleand, where practical, the cables and wires shouldbe kept on the ground. Elevating them may in-crease the EMP-generated voltages and currents.Cover ground wires and cables with at least 1 inchof dirt to protect them against EMP. Power gen-erators should be protected by piling sandbags orother suitable material around them. Entry and exitprocedures should be established to limit thespread of contamination should it occur.

• The base laboratory follows the sameNBC defense measures as the airmobile and mo-bile laboratories. A concrete building makes abetter shelter than a wooden structure. Properstorage of chemicals, with incompatible groupsstored as far apart as possible, will reduce the firehazard in the area.

NBC DEFENSE FUNDAMENTALS

The three fundamentals of NBC defense areavoidance, protection, and decontamination. Thesecan be applied to laboratory systems in the fol-lowing manner.

• Contamination avoidance. Avoidance ad-dresses individual and/or unit measures taken toavoid or minimize NBC attacks and reduce theeffects of NBC hazards. FM 3-3 and FM 3-100provide information on NBC avoidance measures.Avoidance techniques are accomplished by theuse of cover, concealment, and dispersion. Goodtechniques will not only reduce detection by enemyforces, but they will also reduce the effects ofthermal radiation. By taking advantage of any ex-isting natural and manmade terrain features (forexample, caves, ditches, ravines, culverts and tun-nels) contamination can often be avoided.

FM 10-67-2

5-6

• Protection. Protection consists of actionsused to counter enemy firepower and maintain thehealth and morale of soldiers. Protection applieswhen contamination cannot be avoided. Positionsshould be hardened, all loose equipment should beimmobilized by anchoring or tying it down, vitalequipment should be protected or shielded, andproper MOPP levels should be employed. Fuelsamples should be kept in a trench or pit withsome type of covering. Shock-sensitive equipmentshould be shielded by cushioning it with paddingmaterial.

• Decontamination. Decontamination is thereduction or elimination of the contamination haz-ard. Decontamination is used to reduce or elimi-nate a hazardous contaminant. The NBC elementof the unit to which the laboratory is assignedshould be contacted for more up-to-date informa-tion on defense techniques and procedures.

NBC OPERATIONS

Operating procedures for laboratory facilitiesare discussed in Chapter 10. Laboratory NBCprocedures should be coordinated with the NBCelements of the unit to which the laboratory is as-signed to ensure information and techniques arecurrent and comprehensive. For information on theNBC environment, refer to FMs 3-3, 3-4, 3-5, and3-100. Laboratory facilities must be able to with-stand an NBC-contaminated environment.

NUCLEAR ATTACK

Personnel need to know what to do duringand after a nuclear attack. Soldiers should betrained to act without hesitation. Their initial ac-tions must be automatic and instinctive.

During a Nuclear Attack. As a rule, a nu-clear attack will be a surprise, that may also in-volve several attacks. Time to take protective ac-tion will be minimal in this situation. Soldiers shoulddo the following:

• Troops must immediately drop face down.• Close their eyes.

• Protect exposed skin as much as possible,by putting hands and arms under or near the bodyand keeping the helmet on.

• Remain face down until the second blastwind has passed.

• After the wind has passed, follow the unitNBC SOP.

• Be aware of a fallout hazard if the labo-ratory is downwind from the blast.

NUCWARN. If a nuclear attack is made on

enemy positions by our forces, a NUCWARNmessage may be sent to nearby units. If you re-ceive a NUCWARN message, follow these steps:

• Cease all testing.• Move all hazardous and flammable chemi-

cals from the laboratory to the storage room orplace them in a container.

• Cover exposed equipment if time permits.• Take personal weapons and evacuate the

laboratory. • Close all doors.• Go to the prepared positions and wait for

the explosion.• Refer to the NBC SOP for more informa-

tion.

After a Nuclear Attack. Protection must notstop when the attack ends. Soldiers should do thefollowing:

• Stay calm.• Check personnel for injuries and render

self-aid/buddy-aid according to instructions in FM21-11.

• Check the area for radiation and reducethe hazard with basic soldier skills decontamina-tion.

• Check weapons and equipment damage.• Use soapy water and brushes to wash the

equipment and the outside of the laboratory.• Mark the area of water runoff as

"contaminated."• Review the NBC SOP for other actions.

BIOLOGICAL ATTACK

FM 10-67-2

5-7

Personnel must be aware of the actions totake before, during and after a biological attack.

Before a Biological Attack. Preparations fora biological attack can be accomplished long be-fore the attack happens. Personal health mainte-nance, which includes up-to-date immunizations,good hygiene, area sanitation and physical condi-tioning will reduce the effects of the attack.

During a Biological Attack. There are noimmediate methods of detecting a biological at-tack. When high probability indicators of a biologi-cal attack exist, immediate actions include:

• Put on the protective mask.• Button up clothing for complete protection

against living biological agent

After a Biological Attack. Because there areno devices to indicate when a biological hazard nolonger exists, soldiers should do the following:

• Continue to wear the protective mask untilauthorized to remove it.

• Check personnel for symptoms of poison-ing.

• Administer antidotes if needed.• Check the area for contamination.• Move personnel and equipment to a de-

contamination site, if one is available.• Personally decontaminate equipment ac-

cording to priority, if a site is not accessible.• Mark the area of water runoff as

"contaminated."• Perform preventive maintenance checks

and services on all equipment.• Repair damage, if possible.• Report status of equipment and personnel

to higher headquarters.• When possible, move the laboratory and

personnel out of the contaminated area to continueoperations.

CHEMICAL ATTACK

Personnel must be aware of the actions totake during and after a chemical attack.

During a Chemical Attack. Personnel mustact quickly and without hesitation. If a chemicalround explodes or an alarm signal is given, theyshould do the following.

• Cease testing.• Don appropriate level MOPP.• Identify the agent.• Stay alert for more strikes.• Refer to unit NBC SOP for additional

procedures.

CHEMWARN. If a CHEMWARN is re-ceived, personnel should cover all exposed equip-ment, in the time allowed, before going to theircovered positions.

After a Chemical Attack. Personnel actionsfollowing a chemical attack, are the same as thosestated above for a biological attack.

OPERATIONS IN A CONTAMINATEDENVIRONMENT

If persistent chemical agents have been usedor nuclear fallout or residual radiation is present,the area will remain contaminated after the attackhas ended. Contact higher HQ to see if the mis-sion should continue. If the unit must continue totest, decontaminate the inside of the laboratory, ifneeded. The outside of the laboratory should alsobe decontaminated, as much as possible. Set up adecontamination point near the entrance of thelaboratory so personnel can decontaminate them-selves before entering. The only hazard in thelaboratory will probably be a vapor hazard. Pro-tective masks should be worn at all times. Glovesshould also be worn, when necessary. The labo-ratory officer or NCO in charge will determinewhat tests need to be done. Keep higher HQ in-formed of the status of the laboratory testing. The

FM 10-67-2

5-8

laboratory should be continuously monitored forcontamination.

LABORATORY SOP

The laboratory SOP must have an annex forNBC defense responsibilities and procedures. Forhelpful information in preparing the annex, seeFMs 3-3, 3-4, 3-5, 3-100, and 25-50. Coordinatethe annex with the NBC officer and NCO of theunit. Update the SOP to show any changes in pol-icy. Make sure the annex covers the followingareas:

• Alarms and warnings of NBC attack.• Means of identification of personnel in

MOPP 4.• Method of communication to use while in

MOPP 4. • Actions for personnel to take in the labo-

ratory before, during, and after an NBC attack.• Maintenance and storage of NBC supplies

and equipment.• Positioning and protection of vehicles,

supplies and equipment.• Priorities of decontamination.• Decontamination procedures.• Operations in a contaminated environ-

ment.• NBC 1 report.• Procedures for special environments

(arctic and jungle).

TRAINING

Training before an NBC attack is the meansfor survival. It is especially important for a biologi-cal attack, since there are no devices to indicatewhen a biological hazard is present. Good personalhealth habits, up- to -date immunizations, good

area sanitation, and good physical conditioning areessential to survivability in the NBC environment.It is essential that laboratory personnel becomeproficient in those tasks outlined in FM 21-2.

DESTRUCTION OF ARMYLABORATORIES

Destruction of Army material is sometimesnecessary to prevent enemy use. Only the com-manding officer can order demolition. Once it isdecided, destruction should be as complete as pos-sible. However, the safety of personnel comesfirst and the degree of destruction should notjeopardize lives. Unless they are disabled, consid-eration should be given to transporting the mobilelaboratory to a center for decontamination. De-tailed procedures for destruction of the petroleumbase laboratory are listed in TM 5-6640-214-14.Additional procedures for destruction of equipmentcan be found in TM 750-244-3.

FM 10-67-2

6-1

CHAPTER 6

PERFORMING QUALITY SURVEILLANCE IN THE THEATER

Section I. Petroleum Quality Surveillance in the Developed Theater

DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM

The procurement of petroleum products andtheir delivery to the developed theater are describedin DOD 4140.25-M. Normally, time will be avail-able to ensure that petroleum procured from hostnation or CONUS based refineries meets US mili-tary specifications. Responsibility for ensuring thequality of fuels delivered to the theater lies withDFSC, JPO, and their subordinate agencies. TheJPO is responsible to the developed theater com-mander for establishing and monitoring the theaterQS program. The Army provides overland petro-leum support to US land-based forces of all DODcomponents. Only when fuel is delivered to the con-sumer does it gain service identity. The theaterArmy commander normally delegates the authorityto control the QS mission to the petroleum groupcommander. The petroleum group accomplishes theQS mission by supervising the testing of fuelsthroughout the theater. Testing facilities depend ontesting requirements, criticality of the fuel, intendeduse of the fuel, and type of theater (developed orundeveloped). A description of these facilities andtheir capabilities can be found in Chapter 3.

BASE PETROLEUM LABORATORY

The base petroleum laboratory is normallyfound in the COMMZ at the base terminal of a pe-troleum pipeline and terminal operating battalion. Itis under the control of the petroleum group.

MOBILE PETROLEUM LABORATORY

The mobile petroleum laboratory is contained ina 10-ton semi-trailer van. The van is air transport-able. Because space is a limiting factor for the mo-bile petroleum laboratory, it cannot support as greata sample work load as the base laboratory. Mobilepetroleum laboratories are found in the COMMZand Corps attached to pipeline and terminal operat-ing battalions and to petroleum supply battalions.

AIRMOBILE PETROLEUM LABORATORY

The airmobile petroleum laboratory is author-ized for the airborne and air assault light divisionsand the heavy division in the MSB.

TEST KITS

Aviation Fuel Contamination Test Kit. Theaviation fuel contamination test kit is used by allunits having a bulk aviation fuel refueling mission.

Ground Fuels Petroleum Test Kit. The groundfuels petroleum test kit provides a testing capabilityat the general support operating level and at the di-rect support level. The ground fuels test kit is nor-mally located with units having a bulk petroleumstorage, supply, and refueling mission.

Sampling and Gaging Kit. The sampling andgaging kit is found in the brigade forward supply

FM 10-67-2

6-2

section of all divisions. It is used as a final check toensure proper identification of products receivedfrom division main and corps support units.

Captured Fuels Test Kit. The captured fuelstest kit is located with selected armor and mecha-nized infantry combat units to allow for testing anduse of captured or commandeered fuels.

Aqua-Glo Test Kit. The Aqua-Glo test kit isused by personnel involved in aviation refueling op-erations.

TESTING REQUIREMENTS

The testing of DLA-owned and Army ownedpetroleum products in the developed theater inpeacetime is described in MIL-HDBK-200. It pro-vides a detailed breakdown of the types of tests re-quired for each class of product. The handbook andTables 6-1 through 6-3, beginning on page 6-3, pro-vide guidance for testing in a tactical developed orundeveloped theater.

PROCUREMENT OF PETROLEUMPRODUCTS

Procurement in the developed theater is usuallyfrom friendly host nations. There is normally suffi-cient lead time to ensure that procured productsmeet US military specifications. Personnel withMOS 77L, E6 and E7, or MOS 77F, E8, should berequested by higher HQ to be QARs when the pro-curement mission requires support.

STANDARDIZATION AGREEMENTS

STANAGS, such as STANAG 3149, betweennations of are used to provide minimum QS for pe-troleum products.

CHANNELS OF COMMUNICATION

Providing QS in a developed theater of opera-tions requires good communication between higherHQ and QS testing facilities located in the theater.

Such communication falls into two categories:command and technical. The command channel ofcommunications for the petroleum organization inthe theater of operations is discussed in FMs 10-67and 10-602. The technical channel of communica-tions provides for exchange of technical information.It is directed by the responsible JPO.

LABORATORY REQUIREMENTS

Laboratories in a developed theater in peace-time are designed to meet the QS testing mission ofthe theater. In the tactical developed theater, theirdesign may not be adequate. Modifications to exist-ing laboratories or construction of new ones may berequired. Such construction requires coordinationwith the facilities' engineers. Facilities' engineers areresponsible for providing the laboratory with water,electricity, drainage, waste disposal, equipment re-pair, and equipment calibration. These items areaddressed when planning for modification of existingpeacetime testing facilities. Equipment requiringcalibration is placed on a regular schedule with theappropriate calibration teams. See Chapter 4 foradditional information concerning equipment calibra-tion. TB 43-180 provides calibration requirementsfor Army equipment . Normal operator standardiza-tion is carried out per the appropriate ASTM orFTMS test procedures. According to ASTM E 77,all petroleum laboratories must maintain a tempera-ture of 73.4 °F ± 3.6 °F and humidity of 50 ± 5percent. These requirements must be met to main-tain equipment and to ensure the accuracy of test-ing.

QUALITY SURVEILLANCE MISSION

A number of factors (including fuel require-ments, methods of supply, storage capability, andallied/joint services agreements) must be consideredwhen determining the total QS work load within thetheater. Laboratories maintain historical data on alltesting performed. The data are analyzed to deter-mine the number and types of tests performed. Ap-pendix B is a guide for the number of man hoursneeded for each type of test.

FM 10-67-2

6-3

Table 6-1. Test requirements for fuel

Action Peacetime Developed Theater Undeveloped Theater

Procurement QA

Bulk DistributionQS (Wholesale)

Direct SupportQS (Retail)

Captured Fuel

Full specification testing ac-cording to current regulations(contractor or base labora-tory)

According to MIL-HDBK-200,type B-1, B-2, B-3, or C tests.Refer to MIL-HDBK-200

Refer to MIL_HDBK-200, Ap-pendix B of this manual, andcurrent FM or TM guidance.

1. Ground Fuels test kit.2. Aviation fuel contaminationtest kit.

NA

Full specification testing, less anti-knock and Cetane ratings by testengines; if not available locally(contractor, base, or mobile labo-ratory).

According to Mil-HDBK-200, anti-knock and Cetane engine ratings.Refer to MIL-HDBK-200

Refer to current FM or TM.1. Ground fuels test kit.2. Aviation fuel contamination testkit.

Not for contingency use. Withholdall captured stocks from use untileither a base or mobile laboratorycan certify usability by B-1 testing.For immediate consumption, testwith captured fuels test kit.

Minimum emergency tests bymobile, airmobile, or contractorlaboratory; if available, de-pending

Minimum emergency tests bymobile or airmobile laboratory oraviation fuel test kit. See Table 2-2.

Refer to current FM or TM.1. Ground fuels test kit.2. Aviation fuel contaminationtest kit.

Not for contingency use. with-hold all captured stocks from useuntil either a base or mobilelaboratory can certify usability byB-1 testing. For immediate con-sumption, test with captured fu-els test kit.

FM 10-67-2

6-4

Table 6-2. Minimum procurement tests (QA) for fuels

Fuel Test Test Method Number

Motor Gasoline

Diesel Fuel

Turbine Fuels

Visual AppearanceColorSpecific GravityDistillationReid Vapor Pressure

Visual AppearanceFlash PointDistillationSpecific GravityCetane IndexCloud PointParticulates

Visual AppearanceParticulateDistillationCopper CorrosionReid Vapor PressureFlash Point (JP-5 only)Fuel System Icing Inhibitor

Water Separation Index, Modified byPortable SeparometerConductivitySpecific GravityThermal StabilityFreezing Point

ASTM D 4176ASTM D 1500ASTM D 1298 or 287ASTM D 86ASTM D 323

ASTM D 4176ASTM D 93ASTM D 86ASTM D 1298 or D 287ASTM D 976ASTM D 2500ASTM D 2276

ASTM D 4176ASTM D 2276ASTM D 86ASTM D 130ASTM D 323ASTM D 93FTMS 791 (Method 5327.3) or B-2 TestKitASTM D 3948

ASTM D 2624ASTM D 1298 OR D 287ASTM D 3241ASTM D 2386

FM 10-67-2

6-5

Table 6-3. Test requirements for lubricants, hydraulic fluids, and related products

Action PeacetimeCombat

Developed TheaterCombat

Undeveloped Theater

ProcurementQA

QS

CapturedQC/QS Pack-aged Products

Refer to currentregulations

Refer to currentregulations

NA

Full specification testing

No testing is required as longas container is received un-damaged and product iswithin its shelf life. If con-tainers are damaged orproduct is past its shelf life,forward samples to nearestbase petroleum laboratory.

Do not use. Send samplesto nearest base petroleumlaboratory for B-2 testing.

Contractor or mobile labora-tory reduced test schedule:Type B-2 tests.

No testing is required as longas container is received un-damaged and product is withinits shelf life. If containers aredamaged or product is past itsshelf life, forward samples tonearest base petroleum labo-ratory.

Do not use. Send samples tonearest base petroleum labo-ratory for B-2 testing.

Section II. Petroleum Quality Surveillance in the Undeveloped Theater

DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM

A bulk petroleum QS program is critical in theundeveloped theater. Time may not be available toensure fuels procured in the theater meet USmilitary specifications. Some risks may have to beaccepted to provide fuel in sufficient quantities tosupport the theater’s operational plan. As a result,it is critical that petroleum testing be availableearly in the undeveloped theater buildup. The pe-troleum laboratory testing equipment must be ca-pable of performing minimum bulk fuel tests. TheDFSC, the JPO, and their subordinate organiza-tions are responsible for ensuring quality fuel isavailable and delivered to the theater. The JPO isresponsible to the theater commander for estab-lishing and monitoring the theater QS program.The senior Army commander is responsible to the

theater commander for establishing an Army QSprogram. Depending on how the undevelopedtheater is structured, the senior Army commandermay be a division, corps, or theater Army com-mander. As in the developed theater, all fuelswhich enter an Army-operated petroleum distribu-tion system do not necessarily become Army-owned fuels. The Army, with the bulk fuel missionof supporting all DOD land-based forces, may berequired to resupply other services with bulk pe-troleum.

TESTING REQUIREMENT

Testing of DLA-owned petroleum products inCONUS for supply into the undeveloped theater isdescribed in MIL-HDBK-200. The type of petro-leum testing facility and the manner in which it isemployed are the same as in the developed thea-ter.

FM 10-67-2

6-6

PROCUREMENT OF PETROLEUMPRODUCTS

Fuels procured within an undeveloped theaterwill undergo a minimum of testing for general use.This testing may be done either at the refinerylaboratory under the supervision of a QAR or byhaving samples sent to the nearest operationallaboratory out of the country. Under emergencyconditions, a mobile or airmobile laboratory may berequired to perform tests indicated as minimumtests in MIL-HDBK-200. Personnel with MOS77L, E6 and E7 or MOS 77F, E8, should be re-quested by higher HQ when procurement testingwithin the theater can be done at the refinery labo-ratory.

COMMANDEERED/CAPTUREDPETROLEUM PRODUCTS

These products are obtained under emer-gency conditions. Units should only use this fuelfor short periods of time and in extreme combatemergency. Personnel should identify the type offuel (for example, diesel or gasoline) and havereasonable assurance that it is clean and free ofsediment and water. Short-term use is dictated bybattlefield conditions and is not measurable inhours or miles. Use of such fuels involves greatrisk to engine life and performance characteristics.Use should be discontinued when US products areavailable, unless the foreign fuel is approved foruse by a petroleum laboratory. Units requiringlong-term use (more than 48 hours or 100 miles) ofthese fuels must provide samples to a petroleumlaboratory for analysis. Units must follow use orblending recommendations made by the petroleumlaboratory.

CHANNELS OF COMMUNICATION

It is critical to maintain good communicationbetween higher HQ, QS testing facilities, and unitssubmitting samples. As in the developed theater,two channels of communication are command andtechnical. They function the same as they do inthe developed theater.

LABORATORY REQUIREMENTS

Fuel requirements, methods of supply, storagecapability, and allied joint service agreements areareas of concern in the undeveloped theater. Dataon these areas are used as a basis for determiningthe number of types of units requiring QS laborato-ries. To determine the number of laboratories forthe undeveloped theater, project a developedtheater and the laboratories it requires. Theselaboratories are then time-phased into the theaterwith their respective petroleum unit. The types oftesting performed will be different in the initialstages of the undeveloped theater. Factors affect-ing testing in the initial stages of the undevelopedtheater are listed below.

• The number of coastal tankers required tolighter large ships.

• Initial installation of submarine pipelinesand floating hose lines.

• Configuration of TPTs.• Number of base TPTs required to supply

the theater (a TPT has limited storage capacity).• Number of collapsible tanks at intermedi-

ate and head terminals.• Filling points for tank truck operations.

As the undeveloped theater matures andfixed petroleum distribution facilities are con-structed, the types of testing performed becomethose required for a developed theater as dis-cussed in Section I of this chapter.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

Construction of base laboratories and place-ment of mobile or airmobile laboratories requireplanning. Factors affecting construction or place-ment of laboratories in the undeveloped tacticaltheater are facility support, climate, and terrain.

Facility Support. Placement of base laborato-ries in the undeveloped theater requires coordina-tion with supporting engineers who are responsiblefor providing water, electricity, equipment repair,

FM 10-67-2

6-7

drainage, waste disposal, and equipment calibra-tion. These items are planned when projectingrequirements for the undeveloped theater. Equip-ment requiring calibration is placed on a regularschedule with the appropriate calibration teams.TB 43-180 provides calibration requirements forArmy equipment. Laboratory personnel(operators) must standardize the laboratory ac-cording to the appropriate ASTM or FTMS testprocedures. Mobile and airmobile laboratories donot require engineer support during initial em-placement. However, for prolonged periods of de-ployment, obtain engineer support for electricity,water, wastewater disposal, and calibration oflaboratory equipment.

Climate. The climate of an area affects thecondition of a fuel. A hot climate ages fuel faster,causing accelerated deterioration. This deteriora-tion may mean that more frequent testing must beperformed.

Terrain. The terrain of the theater affects themobility of laboratories. The base laboratory is notnormally moved once it is established in the thea-ter. The mobile petroleum laboratory is readily de-ployable. Moving the mobile laboratory over great

distances is usually done by air. The petroleumairmobile laboratory is the most readily deploy-able of the three main laboratories. It can beloaded on a 5-ton, drop side truck. It can also bemoved by CH-47 helicopter via sling load and it istransportable by any of the current cargo aircraft.

TIME-PHASED LABORATORIES

To ensure quality fuels are provided to theundeveloped theater, testing facilities capable ofperforming the minimum required tests must beavailable from the start of operations. The airmo-bile laboratory is the first testing facility timephased into the theater. It is placed with the firstdivision ashore, assuming a pipeline is built. As thebeachhead and the theater expand, the airmobilelaboratory moves forward to support the division.Mobile laboratories are then moved to the headterminal in support of the petroleum supply battal-ion while additional mobile laboratories are de-ployed with the terminal and operating battalions.At the same time, a modular base laboratory willbe constructed or established. Table 6-4 provides aguide for laboratories time-phased into the unde-veloped theater.

Table 6-4. Petroleum laboratory timetable

Type of Laboratory Transport Mode Estimated Time (in hours)

Airmobile

Mobile

Base

Air

Air or Surface

Surface

D through D+5

D+5 through D+60

D+60 through D+90

FM 10-67-2

7-1

CHAPTER 7

INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY FOR THE PETROLEUM LABORATORY

Section I. Matter

GENERAL

Chemistry is a science that deals with thecomposition and properties of substances or mat-ter, of which everything is composed. In the pe-troleum laboratory, the laboratory specialist will beresponsible to identify chemical substances(perform qualitative analysis) and estimate quanti-ties present (perform quantitative analysis) in theirexamination of fuel samples. This chapter ad-dresses some of the basic terms, formulas, tests,and equipment they will use.

DEFINITION

Matter is anything that has mass and occu-pies space. The smallest unit or component ofmatter is an atom. There are over 100 differentkinds of atoms in the world and all matter is madeof one or more of these atoms. Since matter canbe broken down into its component(s), in additionto classifying it by its current state (solid, liquid, orgas), it can also be classified according to its com-position or components.

State. Matter classified by state may exist asa solid, having a definite shape and volume. It mayexist as a liquid, having a definite volume but nodefinite shape. It may also exist as a gas, havingno definite shape or volume. The state in whichmatter exists depends on the prevailing tempera-ture and pressure conditions.

Composition. Matter classified according toits composition will fall into the following catego-ries.

• Element. An element is matter that con-tains only one type of atom. Therefore, each kindof atom is called an element. Gold is an elementsince it is made only of gold atoms. The names ofeach of these known elements has been abbrevi-ated with an approved symbol. All of the knownelements are listed by their symbol in Figure 7-1,page 7-2.

• Compound. A compound is matter that ismade up of two or more elements, that arechemically combined in a very definite proportion.Compounds can be broken apart. The abbreviationfor a compound is called a formula. The formulashows the proportion in which the elements arecombined in the compound. Rust is a compound. Itis made from the elements iron and oxygen. Ex-amples of other compounds and their formulas areshown in Table 7-1, page 7-2.

• Mixture. A mixture is matter that consistsof either two or more elements or compounds (orboth) blended together in any proportion. Unlike acompound, it usually absorbs all the properties ofthe ingredients that went into it. The constituentsof a mixture can be separated and recovered byphysical or mechanical methods. This is in contrastto compounds, whose constituents must be sepa-rated by a chemical process. The following aresome types of mixtures:

• Homogeneous mixture. In a homogene-ous mixture the composition and properties are thesame.

• Heterogeneous mixture. In a heterogene-ous mixture the various components are visible.

• Emulsion. An emulsion is a mixture ofvery small droplets of a liquid in another liquid.

FM 10-67-2

7-2

• Suspension. A suspension contains verysmall, solid particles dispersed within a liquid whichdoes not dissolve them. The solid particles tend tosettle upon standing.

• Solution. In a solution, the dispersed par-ticles are single atoms, molecules, or ions and aretoo small to be seen even with high magnification.

QUANTITY OF MATTER

Laboratory personnel use the metric systemto measure matter. See Appendix C for conver-sion charts for area, length, temperature, flow,weights, volume and force. Table 7-2, page 7-3lists frequently used measurement units and pre-fixes used in the laboratory. Also, there are uniqueterms that chemists and laboratory personnel useto describe matter discussed in the following para-graphs.

Figure 7-1. Periodic table of the elements

Table 7-1. Examples of components and formulas

Compound Formula

Sodium chloride

Methane

Sodium Oxide

Ethane

NaCl

CH4

Na2O

C2H6

FM 10-67-2

7-3

Mole. The mole is a term used to describe aquantity of matter which is equal to 6.023 X 10E+23particles (atoms, molecules, or ions) of that matter.It also works out to be the molecular weight of asubstance, expressed in grams. The symbol for moleis mol.

Atomic Mass. The atomic mass (weight) of anelement is provided in the periodic chart. This num-ber represents two things: (1) the mass of an atomin atomic mass units and (2) more importantly, forthe petroleum laboratory specialist, the weight, ingrams, of one mole of atoms of an element.

Equivalent Weight. The equivalent weight isthe weight of a substance, in grams, that would re-act with or displace one gram of hydrogen ions in acompound. The equivalent weight of a substance isfound by dividing its molecular or formula weight bythe total number of electrons its metallic componenthas lost in forming the compound (its total positivevalence). For example, the equivalent weight ofMgCl2 is found by dividing its formula weight, 95grams, by 2, since the magnesium atoms have eachlost two electrons in forming the ionic bonds withchlorine. The equivalent weight of MgCl2 is 47.5grams.

Molecular or Formula Weight. The molecularor formula weight of a compound is the weight, ingrams, of one mole of molecules of the compound.

It is found by adding the atomic weights of all theconstituent elements. For example, to determine theformula weight of magnesium chloride, (MgCl2), dothe following:

• Step 1. Refer to the periodic chart, for theatomic weight of magnesium. It is 24. There is onemole of these ions in one mole of MgCl2.

• Step 2. Refer to the periodic chart for theatomic weight of chlorine. It is 35.5. MgCl2 containstwo moles of chlorine ions, so the atomic weightmust be doubled.

• Step 3. To the weight on one mole of mag-nesium ions (24 grams), add the weight of twomoles of chloride ions (71 grams) to arrive at theweight of one mole of MgCl2 (95 grams).

MEW. The MEW is the equivalent weightdivided by 1,000.

Molar Volume. Molar volume is a term asso-ciated with the measurement of gases. Gas volumevaries with temperature and pressure. The molarvolume of a gas is the volume occupied by one moleof its molecules under certain stated pressure andtemperature conditions. For example, one mole ofideal gas will occupy a volume of 22.4 liters in aclosed container at a temperature of 0° C (273° K)and a pressure of one atmosphere (760 millimetersof mercury).

Table 7-2. Metric system of measure

Property Of MatterMeasured Metric Unit Used Metric Prefix Stands For-

weight (mass)

volume

distance

temperature

gram

liter

meter

Celsius degree

milli-

centi-

kilo-

11000

1100

1000

FM 10-67-2

7-4

Section II. Reagents and Solutions

GENERAL

The use of solutions is important in the dailyanalytical work performed in the petroleum labo-ratory. The laboratory technician must be able toprepare solutions of very accurately known con-centrations. Some definitions and procedures as-sociated with the preparation of these solutions arediscussed below.

EQUATIONS

A chemical equation is used to represent thechanges that occur when chemicals react or com-bine to form new compounds. An equation givesthe qualitative nature of a reaction (what com-pounds or elements combine and what compoundsare produced) and also describes the quantitativenature of a reaction (how much of each reactant isneeded and how much of the products will beformed). An equation shows the formulas of thestarting materials and products, the proportions inwhich the starting materials combine, and the pro-portions in which the products are formed. Anequation is shorthand for a reaction. Although itdoes not tell everything, it is extremely useful forthe solution of many chemical problems.

REAGENTS

A reagent is a chemical substance that isused for analyses because of its known reactionwith other chemical substances. Such analyses areperformed through observations of the effects ofreagents on unknown substances. A qualitativeanalysis can identify an unknown when certainresults are produced by a certain reagent. A quan-titative analysis can then determine the amount ofthe substance present gravimetrically (by weigh-ing) or volumetrically (by measuring volume).

SOLUTIONS

A solution is a homogenous mixture of two ormore substances in which the mixed substances'particles are molecular in size and are uniformlydistributed. The dissolved particles cannot be seen,do not settle out upon standing, and are easily re-moved by filtration. In the petroleum laboratory,the primary concern is in creating solutions inthree ways. These three types of solutions involvedissolving gas in a liquid; dissolving solid in a liq-uid; and dissolving liquid in a liquid. Commonterms used in the preparation of solutions are de-fined below.

• A solvent is the substance that does thedissolving.

• • A solute is the substance that is dissolvedor dispersed among the solvent particles.

• • Solubility is a description of the degree towhich a substance will dissolve in a particular sol-vent.

FACTORS AFFECTING SOLUBILITY

Petroleum laboratory technicians must createsolutions for many of the chemical tests they do. Itis important that they understand the factors thateffect solubility, so they perform their job effi-ciently. The solubility of a solute and solvent de-pends on the following factors:

• The nature of the substances mixed isvery significant. In general, the rule "like dissolveslike" is true. This means that if the molecularstructure of the solute and solvent particles issimilar, they will probably exhibit an appreciabledegree of solubility. For example, an aromaticcompound is generally more soluble in benzene(another aromatic compound) than in water orethanol.

• Temperature is another important consid-eration. The solubility of a solid solute in a liquid

FM 10-67-2

7-5

solvent generally increases when the temperatureof the solvent is increased. However, the solubilityof a gas in a liquid decreases with increased tem-perature.

• Pressure is significant only in a gas-liquidtype of solution. The solubility of a gas increaseswhen the pressure increases.

• The speed with which a solid solute maybe dissolved in a liquid solvent is increased bygranulating or powdering the solid and by agitatingor stirring the mixture.

CONCENTRATIONS OF SOLUTIONS

The concentration of a solution is a quantita-tive expression of the amount of solute that is dis-solved in a certain amount of solvent. Technicianschoose the particular expression for concentrationdepending on their intended use for the solution.Concentrations are expressed in any one of thefollowing ways.

• Normality. Normality neutralizers acidsand bases. A 1N solution contains one gram-equivalent weight of the solute per liter (1,000 ml)of solution.

Normality = number of equivalent weights of soluteliters of solution

• Molarity. Molarity determines volumes. A1M solution contains one gram-molecular weightof solute per liter of solution.

Molarity = molecular weights of soluteliters of solution

• Molality. Molality is concerned withweights during the test. A 1M solution containsone gram-molecular weight of solute per 1,000grams of solvent.

Molality = molecular weights of solute1,000 grams of solvent

• Percent by Weight. This method de-scribes grams of solute per 100 grams of solution.

Percent by weight = weight of solute x 100% weight of solution

• Percent by Volume. This method de-scribes the volume of solute per 100 volume unitsof solution.

Percent by volume = volume of solute x 100% volume of solution

PREPARING SOLUTIONS

Calculations dealing with neutralization ofacids and bases generally use normality. Acid/baseneutralization chemical reactions are important inpetroleum laboratory work, and are describedlater. For now, it is important to know that usingthe concept of normality makes it easy to deter-mine the progress of these reactions, and to de-termine how much acid and base is needed tocomplete the reaction. Solutions of the same nor-mality contain the same number of equivalentweights per unit volume. Equal volumes of solu-tions of equal normality are equivalent. Therefore,10 milliliters of 1N KOH (a base) would neutralize10 milliliters of any 1N acid solution, whether theacid be HC1 or H2SO4. Mathematically, the abovestatements are summarized by the following:

(ml1)(N1) = (ml2)(N2)

N1 V1 = N2 V2

PRIMARY STANDARDS

A primary standard is a known substance,with properties that make it useful, as a referencein standardization. The properties of a primarystandard should include a high equivalent weight,usually greater than 50. It should be chemicallystable and should not absorb atmospheric moisturereadily. It also should react completely when neu-tralized. Primary standards are also rather weakacids and bases, which makes them safer to han-dle then secondary standards. Common primarystandards are discussed below.

FM 10-67-2

7-6

• KHP. This primary standard is used tostandardize bases because it is acidic. It has anequivalent weight equal to its molecular weight

(203.22 grams). Titration of KHP requires the useof phenophthalein indicator. Other primary stan-dards that can be used to standardize bases are:H2C2O4 (oxalic acid), H2C2O4.2H2O,C6H5COOH, and NH2SO3H.

• Na2CO3. Anhydrous sodium carbonate isused to standardize acids because it is basic. Itsequivalent weight (53.00 grams) is equal to one-half its molecular weight (106.0 grams). Titrationof Na2CO3 requires the use of methyl orange indi-cator, since the use of phenolphthalein would yielda false end point.

• Other primary standards that can be usedto standardize acids are KHCO3, Tl2CO3,Na2B4O7.10H2O, and Na2C2O4.

• H2C2O4 (oxalic acid), H2C2O4..2H2O(oxalic acid dihydrate), C6H5COOH (benzoicacid), and NH2SO3H (sulfamic acid) may be usedto standardize bases.

SECONDARY STANDARDS

Although secondary standards (substancescommonly found in laboratories) can function justas well as a primary standard, they are called sec-ondary standards because of certain characteris-tics that make them less desirable than primarystandards. Foremost among these is the fact thatsubstances typically used as secondary standardsare strong acids and bases, making them ex-tremely hazardous to handle. They also have lowequivalent weights which means relatively highconcentrations must be used to neutralize sub-stances. The secondary standard should be ofabout the same normality as the solution to bestandardized. Some examples are discussed be-low.

• Most strong acids, such as HC1 andH2SO4, can be used satisfactorily as secondarystandards.

• The strong bases usually used as secon-dary standards are KOH and NaOH.

STANDARDIZATION

Standardization is the process of obtaining astandard solution. A standard solution is onewhose concentration is known to the fourth deci-mal place. In general, standard solutions are eitheracidic or basic. An acidic solution is standardizedwith a base and a basic solution is standardizedwith an acid. When a solution is standardized,comparison is made of volumes of solution ofknown and unknown concentration which undergoa neutralization.

TITRATION

Titration is the process of determining thevolume of reagent solution required to react with asolution of another substance. Titration measuresthe volumes of the unknown and standard solu-tions. Since the concentration of the standard isknown, the concentration of the unknown may becalculated by applying these fundamental relation-ships

Normality = number of milliequivalent weights

number of milliliters of solution

Number of milliequivalents = number of milliequivalents (Reactant 1) (Reactant 2)

Number of milliequivalents = normality x milliliters

Substituting the above expression into relationship2 leads to the relationship:

Normality x milliliters = Normality x milliliters(Reactant 1) (Reactant 2)

Or:n1 Xml1 = N2 X ml2

These relationships enable further calcula-tions to be made, dealing with the determination ofthe weight of substances reacting with the stan-dard solution.

FM 10-67-2

7-7

STANDARDIZATION BY TITRATION

Assume that a 0.1N solution of an acid is tobe prepared and standardized. A quality of oneliter is required. The following steps describe theprocedure.

• Step 1. Select a basic primary standardfor an acidic solution, usually sodium carbonate.Note from the container the milliequivalent weightand assay values.

• Step 2. Calculate the weight of primarystandard required to neutralize about 40 millilitersof 0.1N acid with the use of the equation. DFPrepresents decimal fractional purity.

weight needed (MG) = (N) (40ml) (MEW)

DFP

• Step 3. Weigh a clean and dry Erlen-meyer flask on the analytical balance.

• Step 4. Add the grams of primary stan-dard calculated in Step 2 above, and record theweight to the fourth decimal place.

• Step 5. Dissolve the primary standard inan unmeasured quantity of water.

• Step 6. Add two or three drops of methylorange.

• Step 7. Using burets, titrate the solution inthe flask with the acid solution to be standardized.

• Step 8. Repeat the titration procedures atleast two more times.

• Step 9. For each titration, calculate thenormality (to four decimal places) of the acid solu-tion by using the following equation:

N = (DFP) (weight of primary standard)

(ml of acid) (MEW primary standard)

• Step 10. Obtain the average value of theacid's normality and label the standardized solutionfor identification. If any solution differs from themean by +0.0005 N, rerun the titration process.

pH SCALEThe pH scale determines the acidic or basic

range of a substance (see Figure 7-2, page 7-8).

The scale has a range from one to fourteen, withseven being neutral. Acids have a pH of 1-6.999;

bases have a pH of 7.001-14; and neutral is7.000. When acids and bases are mixed together,the pH is altered. When an acid and base is mixedin equal proportions based on their normality, theywill combine to become a salt based liquid or neu-tral substance. Characteristics of acids and basesare stated below.

• Acid characteristics include: turn blue lit-mus paper red, and have a pH less than 7.00.

• Base characteristics include: turn red lit-mus paper blue, and have a pH greater than 7.00.

INDICATORS

Indicators are dyes that change color orshade of color when the pH (degree of acidity oralkalinity) of a solution changes. Therefore, theycan be used to indicate the concentration of hy-drogen ions in solutions of acids and bases. Theyare also used in volumetric analysis to mark theend point of titration. Indicators used in the petro-leum laboratory are as follows:

• Methyl Orange. This indicator has a pHrange of 3.1 (red) to 4.4 (yellow-orange). It is alsoused in the presence of carbonate radicals(anything containing the CO3 atom group such asTL2 CO3). The solution is made by dissolving 0.1grams in 100 milliliters of distilled water. The endpoint is an orange-brown.

• Methyl purple. This indicator has a pHrange of 4.8 (purple) to 5.4 (green). The changefrom purple to green is fast and is preceded by achange from purple to light gray. This indicator isalso used in the lamp sulfur test and is preparedaccording to the test method.

• Paranitrophenol. This indicator has a pHrange of 5.0 (colorless) to 7.0 (yellow-green). It isalso used only when called for in ASTM test pro-cedures. The solution is made by dissolving 0.5grams of p-nitrophenol in 100 milliliters of distilled

FM 10-67-2

7-8

water and filtering if necessary. The end point ispale yellow.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

ACID Neutral BASE 1-6 7 8-14

Figure 7-2. pH Scale

• Phenolphthalein. This indicator has a pHrange of 8.0 (colorless) to 9.8 (red). It is also usedin the absence of carbonate radicals. The solutionis made by dissolving 1.0 grams in milliliters of 90percent ethyl alcohol. The end point is faint black.

• P-Naphtholbenzein. This indicator has apH range of 8.2 (amber) to 10.5 (blue). It will gofrom amber to olive green to clear green to bluishgreen to blue. This indicator is also used in theneutralization number test and is prepared accord-ing to the test method.

Section III. Balances and Weighing

GENERAL

Weighing is a necessary part of preparingsolutions and is used in many tests in the labora-tory. The petroleum laboratory has several typesof balances for specific purposes.

ANALYTICAL BALANCE

The analytical balance is used for precisionweighing (0.0001 gram) of small quantities. Figure7-3 is a single-pan analytical balance with ad-vanced features. Those features include: easy-to-read display, separate sealed keys and automaticcalibration. General procedures for using this bal-ance are listed on the following page. Again, themanufacturer's handbook should be available whenusing the balance

FM 10-67-2

7-10

Figure 7-3. Analytical balance

FM 10-67-2

7-9

Weighing Press the TARE to zero the dis-play. Place the object(s) to be weighed on thepan. Read the displayed weight after the display isstable (i.e. when the no-motion symbol indicatesstability by switching off or on).

Weighing-In Place a container on the pan.Press the TARE key or use a remote switch tozero the display. Fill the container until the targetweight is reached. When mixing ingredients in acontainer press TARE after each addition.

Weighing-Out. Place a full container on thepan. Press TARE to zero the display. Whenanything is subsequently removed from the con-tainer the amount removed will be displayed asweight loss.

Weighing a Deviation. Place a reference orstandard sample weight on the pan. Press TAREand then remove the weight, weight loss will bedisplayed. Now any sample weight placed on thepan will indicate its deviation from reference interms of a positive or negative display. This func-tion is useful in check-weighing operations.

THE HARVARD TRIP BALANCE

The Harvard trip balance, shown in Figure7-4, page 7-10 is a precision balance used forweighing substances in the petroleum laboratory. Itshould be used on a reasonably flat and level sur-face. In this setting a very near balance should beattained with the beam and tare poises all the wayto the left. Some of its operational features arediscussed below.

Zeroing the Balance. If the scale does notbalance at zero when set upon its working sur-face, adjust the knurled zero adjust knob at theright end of the beam. (It is also advisable tocheck the zero balance periodically since foreignmaterial may accumulate on the plate or beamsand cause a slight change in the balancing position)

Weighting. After a zero balance has beenobtained, the specimen to be weighed is placed onthe left platform of the balance. The poises arethen moved to a position which will restore thescale to balance. The lower poise is moved to theright until the first notch is reached which causesthe right platform of the scale to drop. The lowerpoise is then moved back one notch which willcause the right platform to again rise. The upperpoise is then moved to the right until the scale isbrought into balance. The resultant weight is thenread directly from the beams by adding the amountindicated on the lower and upper beams.

Use of the Tare Poise. To use the tare poise,first slide the poise to an approximate balance po-sition, and then rotate the poise to obtain final bal-ance. An internal screw thread allows the tarepoise to be precisely positioned in either directionby simply rotating it. (When the tare poise is not inuse, it should be slid firmly to the left until it makescontact with a stop.)

Specific Gravity Determination. For the pur-pose of suspending specimens for immersionweightings, bent pins are provided near the bottomof the scale plate loops which are accessible fromthe underside of the scale base. The balance canbe mounted on a Clamp and Rod Support. There isa half-inch clearance hole provided underneath thebase that slips on over the end of the rod. Theprocedure for weighing a suspended specimen isthe same as that for weighing a specimen on thescale platform.

Care and Maintenance. When the balance isnot in use, be sure to remove the load from theweighing pan and to replace the rubber washers tolift the pivots off the bearings. Avoid storing thebalance in a place where vibrations will be trans-mitted to it. Keep the balance clean at all times,being particularly careful not to let dirt accumulatein the vicinity of the bearings. Never lubricate thescale bearings. The bearings in these balances arehigh grade polished agate V-blocks and the knife

FM 10-67-2

7-10

Figure 7-4. Harvard trip balance

edges are hardened, precision-ground steel. Thistype of bearing works best when clean and dry.Should the bearings become dirty, attempt to cleanby blowing out with air blast. If this is unsuccess-ful, the bearing covers will have to be removed. Inreplacing the bearing covers, it is necessary thatthe hardened blue steel friction plate is replaced inthe recess provided.

Cleaning Magnet Faces. From time to time, itis necessary to clean accumulated debris from themagnet faces. This is best done by inserting apiece of adhesive tape into the magnet slot andpressing it against the magnet face. This will pick

up attracted material and prevent it from interfer-ing with movement of the damper vane.

TRIPLE BEAM BALANCE

The triple beam balance is used when preciseweighing is not required. For instance, it would beused when determining the approximate weight oftubes to be centrifuged. General instructions forusing the triple beam balance, are provided in thefollowing paragraphs. Figure 7-5, page is a photo-graph of the triple beam balance.

FM 10-67-2

7-11

Figure 7-5. Triple beam balance

Leveling and Zero Balance. Select a rea-sonably flat and level surface on which to usethe balance. The beam should be near a zerobalance with all poises at zero, and the tare poiseagainst its stop to the extreme left (tare modelsonly). A final zero balance is attained by meansof the knurled zero. Adjust the knob at the leftend of the beam. Check the zero balanceperiodically since foreign material mayaccumulate on the plate or beams and cause aslight change in the balance position. Wheneverthe balance is moved, the zero balance must berechecked, since it will be affected by a changein the inclination of the working surface.

Weighing. After obtaining a zero balance,place the substance to be weighed on the loadreceiving platform. Move the center poise to thefirst notch where it causes the beam pointer todrop, then move back one notch and the pointer

will rise. On metric models, proceed by manipu-lating the rear poise in the same manner. Thenslide the front poise to the position that brings thebeam into balance. On avoirdupois models, pro-ceed by sliding either the front or rear poise tothe position that brings the beam into balance.The weight of the substance is then directly readby adding the values indicated by the poises.While not in use, the attachment weights storeconveniently along the trough in the base of thebalance.

Use of the Tare Poise. Slide the poise to anapproximate balance position, and rotate thepoise to obtain final balance. An internal screwthread allows the tare poise to be precisely posi-tioned in either direction by simply rotating it.When the tare poise is not in use, it should be slidfirmly to the left until it makes contact with astop.

FM 10-67-2

7-12

Care and Maintenance. Keep the balanceclean at all times; do not let dirt accumulate inthe vicinity of the bearings. Do not apply oil orany lubricant to the knives or bearings. Blowingthe bearings out with a dry air blast is a very ef-fective way of cleaning them and it is recom-mended that this be done periodically to maintainthe utmost of sensitivity in the balance. Fromtime to time, it is necessary to clean accumulated

debris from the magnet face. This is best doneby inserting a piece of adhesive tape into themagnet slot and pressing it against the magnetface. This will pick up attracted material andprevent it from interferring with movement of thedamper vane. When transporting the balance,take care that it does not receive any sharpblows and is not subjected to unnecessary roughtreatment. When the balance is not in use, besure to remove the pad from the weighing pan.

FM 10-67-2

8-1

CHAPTER 8

EVALUATING PETROLEUM PRODUCTS

Section I. Properties of Petroleum Products

CRITICAL PROPERTIES

The critical properties of a product determinethe adequacy of that product for its intended use.When the critical properties of a product do notmeet specification or use limits, the product mustbe reclaimed by downgrading, blending. filtering,dehydrating, or inhibiting. The following para-graphs describe critical properties and list testsperformed on products to determine their suitabilityfor use. See Appendix D for a table on probablecauses of contamination / deterioration.

API GRAVITY (ASTM 287, D 1298)

Scope. These tests are run on all petroleumproducts, except greases, to determine their densi-ties in terms of API gravity.

Significance. These tests are generally usedas a quality control indicator, but some specifica-tions have actual API gravity requirements. Thescale was developed to eliminate the problem ofworking with decimals associated with specificgravity. An API gravity of 10 is equal to 1.000specific gravity. As the API gravity goes up, itscorresponding specific gravity goes down. APIgravity is needed in order to select volume reduc-tion factors to be used in fuel accounting proce-dures. When the API gravity of a product risesmore than 0.5 (for example, MOGAS going from59.5 to 60.1 API gravity), the cause is usuallycontamination by a lighter petroleum product. Adrop in API gravity is generally caused by con-tamination with a heavier product. Results thatvary more than 0.5 API indicate a problem, and

further tests must be performed to determine thecause.

APPEARANCE/WORKMANSHIP

Scope. This is a visual test performed on aproduct to determine if it is homogeneous, clear,bright, separated, or otherwise different from whatthe product should look like.

Significance. Depending on the product, itwill be clear (free of suspended matter or parti-cles), bright (sparkle in transmitted light), homoge-neous (uniformly mixed), separated (stratified orbleeding), or have visual sediment or water. Tomake these determinations, care should be takenthat nothing is overlooked. Control of such con-tamination requires constant vigilance. Solid andliquid contamination can lead to restriction of fuelmetering points, improper seating of inlet valves,corrosion, fuel line freezing, gel formation, filterplugging, or failure to lubricate. Product containingvisual sediment and water should be allowed tosettle and then filtered before use.

AQUA-GLO WATER TEST (ASTM D 3240)

Scope This test is run on aviation fuels andselected ground fuels to detect harmful levels ofwater contamination.

Significance. Water can become a petroleumcontaminant at any stage from the refinery to ulti-mate use. Extreme care must be taken to elimi-nate it from fuel. Water in aviation fuels canfreeze and form ice at altitudes above 8,500 feet.The resulting ice can clog on-board fuel filters andprevent fuel flow to the engine. For this reason,

FM 10-67-2

8-2

water is generally limited to 10 parts per million,maximum. If the result is higher, a resampleshould betaken and tested. If a resample fails, the fuel dis-tribution system should be evaluated for propersettling times and filter elements checked. Waterin diesel fuels can cause severe corrosion in cylin-ders and stop a diesel engine. Fuel line freezescan occur in ground equipment as well as in air-craft. Current Army policy dictates that groundfuels be filtered before use.

ASH CONTENT (ASTM D 482 AND D 874)

Scope. These tests are performed to deter-mine the amount of ash-forming materials presentin fuel oils and lubricating oils.

Significance. The plain ash test (D 482) isrun on fuel oils and non-additive lubricating oils todetect contamination by inorganic matter, such asrust, sand, or metallic salts. These contaminantscan abrade metal surfaces, and in the case of fueloils, clog injection nozzles and form deposits. Thesulfated ash test (D 874) is run on additive-typelubricating oils to determine the amount of additivepresent. Test results usually show sulfated ash inthe range of 0.8 to 1.5 percent. If periodic testingreveals a decrease in percentage, additive loss isindicated. If tests on distillate fuels reveal con-tamination by inorganic matter, the fuels can usu-ally be reclaimed by allowing them to settle andthen filtering them. If tests on non-additive lubri-cating oils show contamination, the oils should bedisposed of as directed. If tests on additive-typelubricating oils show loss of additive, the oils canusually be reclaimed by blending.

CARBON RESIDUE (ASTM D 189AND D 524)

Scope. These tests are performed on distil-late fuels, lubricating oils, and residual fuel oils.

Significance. The type of carbon residue re-sulting from the tests indicates the base of crudeoil used in the refining process. A product derivedfrom a paraffin base crude produces a H&F resi-

due, and a product derived from an asphalt ornaphthalene base crude produces a L&F resi-due. Paraffin base products produce little carbonresidue, generally in the range of 0.01 to 0.5percent. Asphalt and napthene base products pro-duce residue in the range of 0.1 to 30 percent.The tests are useful in detecting residual contami-nation in distillate products. When residual con-tamination is present, the amount of residue in-creases. This form of contamination also causesthe 50 percent to end-point results in the distillationtest to be higher and product color to be darker.

• Distillate fuels that show carbon residuesof 0.5 percent or less may be used in high-speedengines. Those that show residues of up to 12percent may be used in slow-speed engines forlimited periods. Carbon residue in engines cancause hot-spot ignition in combustion chambersand fuel-injector blockage. High-carbon residuefuels can be reclaimed by blending.

• Lubricating oils that show high carbonresidues are poor lubricants. They are usually as-phalt or mixed base products. These tend to formharmful deposits in engines. If a lubricating oilshows a high carbon residue, it should be disposedof as prescribed by regulation.

• Residual fuel oils that show high carbonresidues may cause problems in heat-generatingequipment. Carbon deposits formed during com-bustion can foul burner tips. Also, such fuel oilsmay smoke excessively when burned and causesevere air pollution.

CLEVELAND OPEN CUP FLASH POINT(ASTM D 92)

Scope. This test is performed on various lu-bricating oils, hydraulic oils, brake fluids, gear oils,and other heavy petroleum products flashing above175°F. It is used to determine the lowest tem-perature at which ignition can occur.

Significance. The COC flash test is per-formed to ensure that low-flash point materialshave not contaminated the product. In new oils,the test is used to ensure that proper refiningmethods have removed these low-flash materials.

FM 10-67-2

8-3

The specification flash point is designed to ensurethat the flash point of the product is above the ex-pected operating temperature. In used oils, theCOC flash test is used to detect the presence oflow-flash point and low-boiling point contami-nants. In engine lube oils, a faulty choke or poorengine timing can cause incomplete combustion offuel in the cylinder. This unburnt fuel seeps downinto the crankcase, diluting the oil and reducing itsfilm strength causing oil burning and cylinder wallwear. The flash point usually is 50°-100°F abovethe specification. If test results show the oil to beslightly off specification or barely on specification,the oil probably has been diluted with a low-flashproduct. The dilution also reduces viscosity(ASTM D 445). New products that are off speci-fication should be reported, and used oil found tobe off specification should be disposed of accord-ing to local directives.

CLOUD POINT (ASTM D 2500)

Scope. This test is performed on diesel fuels,fuel oils, and other petroleum oils that are trans-parent and have a cloud point below 120°F.

Significance. The cloud point is an indicationof the behavior of an oil in certain lubricating de-vices. The formation of minute, waxy crystalsmay plug the wick through which oil flows in somelubricating devices. However, extreme low-temperature operating conditions are rarely en-countered with equipment lubricated in this man-ner. Fuel oils and diesel fuels with high cloud pointcould clog fuel filters if a preheater is not used.Contamination with a heavier product can raise thecloud point.

COLOR (ASTM D 156, D 1500, D 2392)

Scope. Color tests are made on many petro-leum products to detect deterioration and contami-nation. In some cases color tests are performed toidentify products.

• Jet fuels, kerosene, and solvents are usu-ally color tested by the Saybolt chromometermethod (D 156). Undyed motor and AVGASs can

also be tested by this method. Equipment used inthe test includes a Saybolt chromometer, colorstandards, and a daylight lamp.

• Diesel fuel, lubricating oils, and heatingoils are color tested by the ASTM color scalemethod (D 1500). Equipment used in the test in-cludes a light source, glass color standards, a sam-ple container, and a viewing piece.

• Dyed AVGASs are color tested byASTM method D 2392. Equipment used in the testincludes a color comparator, fluid tubes, plungers,and aviation gasoline color standards.

• Dyed MOGAS is tested by FTMS No.103.5. This method is similar to the method used totest dyed AVGAS. In both tests, the Hellige appa-ratus is used.

Significance. In refining, a color test is usedto determine the uniformity of a product batch.Once the product is in the distribution system, acolor test is used as a quick check for deteriorationand contamination. If a color test reveals a colordarker than expected, the test may indicate con-tamination by a heavier product or deteriorationdue to age. If a test reveals a color lighter thanexpected, the test may indicate contamination by aclear or straw-colored product.

CONE PENETRATION OF GREASE(ASTM D 217)

Scope. This test is performed on greases tomeasure their consistency (thickness) or resis-tance to breakdown under force. It is generallymeasured as unworked (new) or worked(simulated use) penetration. The higher the pene-tration number, the lower the consistency or thick-ness.

Significance. The penetration number is usedby refiners to show a uniformly produced product.Its value is related to the oil used and the basesoap used. Typically, a mineral oil is mixed with acalcium, sodium, lithium, aluminum, or barium soapbase. Calcium base usually has a high penetrationnumber and aluminum is generally in a mediumrange. Sodium, lithium, and barium have low

FM 10-67-2

8-4

penetration numbers. An increase in the penetra-tion number can indicate an oil/soap separation ofthe grease in storage. Greases are graded muchlike oils. Table 8-l, page 8-4 reflects the NLGI

grading system for greases based on penetrationrange.

Table 8-1. Grades of grease

NLGI GRADE WORKED PENETRATION RANGE MM/10000 445-47500 400-4300 355-3851 310-3402 265-2953 220-2504 175-2055 130-1606 85-115

COPPER CORROSION (ASTM D 130)

Scope. This test is run on almost all petro-leum products to check for any contaminant thatcould corrode copper components in equipment.

Significance. This test is a qualitative meas-ure of the corrosiveness of a product. This corro-siveness comes from the presence of free sulfuror sulfur compounds. When properly refined, theseproducts are non-corrosive, with ASTM D 130ratings of 1A or 1B. Test results of greater than1B indicate the presence of corrosive compounds.This is usually unacceptable; however, in the caseof some products, short-term use of the productmay be authorized. In bulk storage tanks, corrosionresults from H2S being formed in water bottomsand percolating up through the product. Off-specification corrosive fuel must be blended with abetter, less corrosive fuel to bring it within accept-able limits. Sulfur tests should also be performed todetermine the exact amounts of sulfur compoundspresent. In lube oils and hydraulic fluids, blendingof off-specification corrosive product is generally

not feasible, and these products should be reportedaccording to directives for proper disposal.

DISTILLATION (ASTM D 86)

Scope. The distillation test is performed onlight distillates such as aviation turbine fuels,MOGASs, AVGASs, distillate fuel oils, and kero-sene.

Significance. The distillation test is used toevaluate vaporization characteristics of a fuel. Toobtain a fuel that has specific characteristics, con-trols must be established over the amount ofevaporation that will take place at different boilingtemperatures. As distillation progresses, the com-position of the sample changes. Some liquid resi-due may remain after the maximum temperature isreached. This portion of the fuel may not vaporizein service; it will remove the lubricant from thecylinder walls and contribute to crankcase oil dilu-tion. Figure 8-1 shows a typical gasoline distillation

FM 10-67-2

8-4

curve. The curve illustrates the significance ofpercentages evaporating at different stages in theboiling range and how these stages are evaluated.

• MOGAS is a complex mixture of rela-tively volatile hydrocarbons that have differentboiling points. Easy starting, quick warmup, free-dom from vapor lock, good manifold distribution,

and minimum crankcase dilution are all perform-ance features that are directly related to volatilityof the gasoline. Fuel economy depends on volatilityas well as other characteristics, such as combus-tion behavior. Seasonal and geographic grades offuel differ principally in vaporization tendencies.

• AVGAS which vaporizes too readily mayform bubbles particularly at higher altitudes, in thefuel lines or the carburetor. The bubbles causepartial or complete blockage of the fuel supply, andthe engine may operate abnormally or stall. This isknown as vapor lock. Conversely, gasolines whichdo not completely vaporize may cause poor engineperformance of other sorts. Therefore, gasolinesmust conform to a very narrow volatility range tobe suitable for use in aircraft engines.

• Diesel fuel contaminated by a lighterproduct will have a lower initial boiling point and alower flash point. A dilution of one part of lightproduct per hundred parts of diesel fuel may dropthe initial boiling point by 50°F and the flash pointby 12°F.

FM 10-67-2

8-2

Figure 8-1. ASTM distillation curve.

(From Chemical Technology of Petroleum, by Gruse and Stevens; copyright 1960, McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc.Used with the permission of McGraw-Hill Book Company)

DROPPING POINT OF GREASE(ASTM D 566)

Scope. This test is performed on manygreases to determine the temperature at which thegrease will change from a semi-solid to a liquid.

Significance. The dropping point test is usefulin predicting the maximum temperature to which agrease may be subjected in use. In quality controlwork, it is useful in establishing a trend of resultson which to base stock rotation. The droppingpoint is indicative of the type of thickener base.Calcium, aluminum, and lithium base greases havelow to medium (175°-275°F) dropping points. So-dium and barium base greases have high dropping

points (above 275°F). Greases that fail the testshould be disposed of according to regulations.

EXISTENT GUM (ASTM D 381)

Scope. The existent gum by jet evaporationtest is performed on MOGAS and aircraft fuels.

Significance. High gum content indicates thatthe fuel might cause deposits in the induction sys-tem and sticking of intake valves. The existentgum test can tell the user the amount of oxidationthat has taken place before the test was per-formed. Storage tanks that are vented to the at-mosphere, breathe when temperatures fluctuate.

FM 10-67-2

8-7

This causes the fuel to oxidize and form gum.Contaminated fuel will show an oily gum; deterio-rated fuel will show a dry gum. High-gum productcan be blended down to a usable level by adding alow-gum product of the same grade.

FREEZING POINT (ASTM D 2386)

Scope. This test is run on aviation fuels todetermine the lowest temperature at which a fuelwill flow.

Significance. Wax and excess aromatic com-ponents in fuel raise the freezing point. These

components can be present as a result of contami-nation or poor refining. Modern aircraft fly at highaltitudes where temperatures can be as low as -67° F. At these low temperatures, wax and aro-matics can freeze and clog fuel line strainers,shutting off the engine. At the procurement level, afuel failing the freezing point test usually indicatespoor refinery blending. Such fuel is rejected andreblended before shipment. In quality surveillancework, a fuel failing the freezing point test usuallyindicates contamination with diesel fuel or fuel oil.This can be confirmed by high distillation endpoints, oily gum results, and water reaction inter-face test failures. Fuels failing the freezing pointtest can be upgraded by blending with on specifi-cation product.

FUEL SYSTEM ICING INHIBITOR (FSII)(FTMS 5327.4 AND ASTM 5006

/B-2 TEST KIT)

Scope. This test is performed on jet turbinefuels that contain the inhibitor ethylene glycolmonomethyl ether or diethylene glycol monomethylether. The B-2 test kit technique is not applicableto diesel fuel.

Significance. FSII is added to jet fuels to pre-vent dissolved water from freezing at high altitudes(above 8,500 feet). In 1962, the use of FSII wasadopted worldwide in military jet fuels. FSII mustbe added at procurement at a 0.10 to 0.15 percent

volume level. It must be retained in jet fuels untilend usage from 0.08 to 0.20 percent volume (uselimits). FSII will drop out of fuel easily when thefuel is in contact with water. Proper quality controlof jet fuel requires that contact with water bestrictly avoided. If test results show that the FSIIcontent is between 0.15 and 0.20 percent, thecause is usually testing error or blending error inthe storage tank. If the result is between 0.08 and0.10 percent, the fuel is suitable for use but shouldbe upgraded by blending or injecting additive. Ifthe result is less than 0.08 percent, the fuel is notsuitable for use until it is upgraded. Storage proce-dures should be evaluated to find the source of thewater contamination.

IGNITION QUALITY OF DIESEL FUELS(ASTM D 613/ D 976)

Scope. This test is made on diesel fuels todetermine ignition quality, which is expressed as acetane number. The cetane number scale is similarto the octane number scale used in rating gasoline.

Significance. When a fine spray of fuel isinjected into the combustion chamber of a dieselengine, ignition does not occur immediately. Theheat produced by compression varies from about825°F at 10:1 compression ratio to about 1,050°Fat 15:1 compression ratio and is the sole source ofignition. The interval between the beginning of thefuel injection and ignition is called the ignition delayperiod. If the delay is long, the engine may be hardto start. When the accumulated fuel ignites, theexcessive energy released causes the engine toknock. The shorter the delay, the easier the engineis to start and the smoother it operates.

• Cetane number scale. The cetane num-ber scale is based on the ignition characteristics oftwo hydrocarbons (normal cetane and methyl-naphthalene). Normal cetane has a short delayperiod and ignites readily. It has a cetane numberof 100. Methylnaphthalene has a long delay periodand does not ignite readily. It has a cetane numberof 0. The cetane number of a diesel fuel is thepercentage by volume of normal cetane in a blendwith methylnaphthalene that matches the ignition

FM 10-67-2

8-8

quality of a reference fuel with known cetanenumber.

• Cetane index. If a test engine is notavailable or the quantity of fuel is too small for anengine test, the cetane number can be estimatedfrom API gravity and 50 percent distillation pointor calculated by using a formula or nomograph (D976). The index value so determined is called acalculated cetane index. This method of determin-ing approximate cetane numbers is not valid forfuels containing additives for raising cetane num-ber or for pure hydrocarbons, synthetic fuels. al-kylates. or coal-tar products.

• Reclamation of off-specification fuels.Considering laboratory results and guidance, fuelsthat are off specification may be downgraded orblended with fuels that are on specification.

KINEMATIC VISCOSITY (ASTM D 445)

Scope. This test is performed on diesel fuels,fuel oils, hydraulic fluids, and lubricating oils tomeasure the internal resistance to flow. The resultis reported in cSt. Tables exist for convertingkinematic viscosity in cSt to Saybolt UniversalViscosity in seconds and Saybolt Furol Viscosity inSaybolt Furol seconds, see ASTM D 2161.

Significance. A viscosity range is establishedfor fuel and is the prime test to separate variousgrades. The viscosity range is needed to maintainflow conditions in the heavier (4, 5, or 6) grades.In grades 1 and 2, the viscosity determines how

well the fuel will be vaporized. Poor vaporizationat the fuel nozzle can cause poor burning and car-bon formation. Too low a viscosity can causeflashbacks in the burners. Viscosity test resultsmay be high if the fuel is contaminated with aheavier fuel. The fuel should also show a darkercolor. When the result is lower than expected,contamination by a lighter product, such as gaso-line or jet fuel, is indicated. A corresponding lowinitial boiling point in distillation and a low flashpoint will also occur. Either high- or low-viscosityproblems can be corrected by blending.

SAE Weight/Grade. Viscosity in lubricatingoils is used to determine the SAE weight/grade ofthe oil. Tables 8-2 and 8-3, page 8-8 show SAEnumbers. Viscosities are expressed in cSt. Vis-cosity results are seldom higher than expected.Usually, low viscosity is caused by dilution orgasoline contamination. Off specification oils arechanged and disposed of as permitted by regula-tion.

Viscosity Index. VI is a means of rating re-sistance to change in viscosity with change in tem-perature. The scale was originally set up with aparaffin base oil having a viscosity index of 100and a cycloparaffin base oil having a viscosity in-dex of 0. Now additives, such as polyisobutylene,are added to raise the VI to the 200 range. Multi-grade oils, such as 10W-40, have a high VI. Theyhave a paraffin base. Polyisobutylene acts as apour-point depressant as well as a VI improver.

Table 8-2. Crankcase oil viscosities

SAE No VISCOSITY AT 100°° C(cST)

VISCOSITY AT 40°° C(cST)

103040

10W-3015W-40

6.211.413.510.014.2

40.2105.2130.461.0

106.9

Table 8-3. Gear oil viscosities

FM 10-67-2

8-9

SAE No VISCOSITY AT 100°° C (cST)

75w80w85w90140250

4.17.0

11.013.5 to 24.024.0 to 41.0

41.0

LEAD IN FUELS (ASTM D 2547, D 2699,D 3341, AND MIL-HDBK-200)

Scope. These tests are performed onMOGAS and AVGAS to determine the quantity oflead present. Lead determination on unleadedgasoline and jet fuel suspected of lead contamina-tion may be determined by ASTM D 3116, D3229, D 3237, or MIL-HDBK-200.

Significance. Lead may be present inMOGAS and AVGAS as a result of intentionalblending. It may be present as a result of con-tamination. This contamination may occur by anaccidental mixing with a leaded fuel, or it may oc-cur because of improper storage or transport. Injet fuel, lead is a contaminant; it is never intention-ally added because it forms deposits on turbinefans. These deposits can affect the balance of thefans, which may result in fan failure. ASTMmethodsD 2599 and D 3341 are used to determine theamount of lead in MOGAS and AVGAS. It canbe used to measure lead content in the range of0.001 to 0.020 grams of lead per liter of fuel.

NEUTRALIZATION NUMBER(ASTM D 974)

Scope. This test is performed on new oils anddistillate fuels to detect any excess acid or basiccomponents left over from refining. It is also per-formed on used oils to detect acid or basic in-creases due to oxidation.

Significance. In new oils and distillates, thetest results generally will be less than 0.1, showingthat mineral acids or bases were removed duringrefining. Higher results than allowed in specifica-tions indicate inadequate refining. In used oils, thetest measures the increase in acids formed as aproduct of combustion. These organic acids, al-though weak, can have a corrosive effect on cyl-inder walls and rings. Basic additives are added tonew oils to help neutralize these acids. Over longperiods of use, these additives will be consumedand a rise in neutralization number will occur. Thisrise will indicate a need to change oil.

OXIDATION STABILITY ANDPOTENTIAL GUM (INDUCTION PERIOD

METHOD AND POTENTIAL RESIDUEMETHOD) (ASTM D 525 AND D 873)

Scope. These tests are used to predict thestability of AVGAS MOGAS in long-term storage.

Significance. When gasoline is subjected tolong-term storage, they tend to oxidize. To retardthis process, refiners add oxidation inhibitors andremove unstable hydrocarbons as much as possi-ble. However, the products will retain some aro-matics (which are unstable) to increase octane orperformance number. To measure the tendency ofgasoline to oxidize and form gum, two tests areused.

• MOGAS. ASTM D 525, Oxidation Sta-bility of Gasoline (Induction Period Method) is

FM 10-67-2

8-9

used to determine stability of MOGAS under ac-celerated oxidation conditions. In this test, a sam-ple is oxidized in a bomb, and the pressure is readand recorded in chart form at stated intervals untilthe break point is reached. (The break point is thepoint in the pressure-time curve that is precededby a pressure drop of exactly 2 psi within 15 min-utes and succeeded by a drop of not less than 2 psiin 15 minutes.) If a break point is observed, thedecrease in induction time over a period of monthscan be used to determine when stocks should berotated. If no break point is reached, the ExistentGum Test (D 381) is run and stocks are rotatedwhile they are still on specification.

• AVGAS. ASTM D 873, Oxidation Sta-bility of Aviation Fuels (Potential Residue Method)is used to determine the tendency of AVGAS toform gum and deposits under accelerated agingconditions. In this test, a sample is oxidized in abomb, and the amounts of soluble and insolublegums and precipitate are weighed. An increase inprecipitate signals possible 1088 of tetraethvllead.Results of the tests can be used as a basis forstock rotation action.

PARTICULATE CONTAMINANT INAVIATION FUEL (ASTM D 2276,

ASTM 5452, ASTM 3830)

Scope. These tests are run on aviation andground fuels to test for the presence of excessivenonpetroleum contaminants such as dirt, sand, andmetal.

Significance. From the time a fuel is refineduntil it is used, it comes in contact with iron, rust,sand, and other solid contaminants. Generally, fuelis allowed to settle and then filtered in order toremove these contaminants. The particulate con-taminant test is performed at various distributionlocations to determine the effectiveness of thecleaning process. If the test result is too high, animmediate resample should be taken as high re-sults may be due to poor sampling technique. If aresample also fails, the entire system should beevaluated to detect the problem. The high resultcould be caused by inadequate settling times or

unserviceable filter elements. Specification re-quirements for particular products may be found intheir respective military specification. Deteriora-tion limits may be found in MIL-HDBK-200.

PENSKY-MARTENS FLASH POINT(ASTM D 93)

Scope. This test is run on fuel oils and dieselfuels and is used to verify that the fuel oil or dieselfuel meets minimum safety levels for combustiblevapor formation. It is especially significant fortesting fuel to be used by ships.

Significance. The flash point generally is as-sociated with the LCL for fuel. If the fuel oil flashpoint drops by more than 6°F, contamination with alighter product (gasoline or jet fuel) should be sus-pected. This should also show up in a lower IBP inthe distillation. If the flash point goes up more than6°F, contamination with a heavier product (heavyfuel oil or lubricating oil) should be suspected. Ahigher distillation end point, higher viscosity, andpossibly a color change will verify this. To a lim-ited degree, off specification product can be up-graded by blending.

POUR POINT OF PETROLEUM OILS(ASTM D 97)

Scope. This test is performed on most petro-leum products. It can also test the fluidity of aresidual fuel oil at specified temperatures.

Significance. The tests are important in de-termining the use of products in cold climates. Thepour point of a petroleum specimen is an index ofthe lowest temperature of its utility for certain ap-plications. If a product will not pour below a cer-tain temperature, it will have restricted use. Prod-ucts that have a pour point that does not meetspecifications usually are contaminated by aheavier product.

PRECIPITATION NUMBER (ASTM D 91)

FM 10-67-2

8-10

Scope. This test is run on selected new oils totest for undesirable asphalt-base components. Inused oil, it is used as a contamination indicator.

Significance. When lubricating oils are pro-duced, they contain primarily paraffin base, heat-resistant components. Asphalt base products areunstable and are excluded from these lubricants.Precipitation number is used to quickly measureany asphalt base products in a lubricant. Test re-sults generally show no more than traces in asample. In used oils, the test measures oxidizedcomponents, such as dust and dirt, in the oil andcan indicate how well the filter is cleaning the oil.

REID VAPOR PRESSURE (ASTM D 323)

Scope. The RVP test is run on JP-4 andgasoline to ensure the product will vaporize whenrequired.

Significance. Vapor pressure must be at alevel that will ensure the fuel vaporizes in the car-buretor. If the pressure is too high, fuel will vapor-ize in the fuel line, causing vapor lock, and the en-gine will not run. Also, fuel in storage with too highan RVP will evaporate excessively. If the vaporpressure is too low, fuel will enter the carburetoras a liquid, causing oil dilution and incompletecombustion. RVP is directly related to tempera-ture. For this reason, refiners adjust gasoline vaporpressures to fit the season. If the RVP of anAVGAS is too high, contamination with a higherRVP MOGAS is suspected. If the RVP of agasoline is too low, contamination with a heavierproduct or deterioration due to weathering is indi-cated. The distillation test IBP and 10 percentpoints will be high when the RVP is lower, anddeterioration is indicated. If caused by contamina-tion, the distillation end point will be high. If theRVP of JP-4 is too high, gasoline contamination isindicated. Lead contamination should be sus-pected. If JP-4 RVP is too low, the same problemindicated by a low gasoline RVP exists. Generally,RVP problems can be solved by blending with onspecification product.

SMOKE POINT (ASTM D 1322)

Scope. This test is run on aviation turbinefuel.

Significance. Smoke point of jet fuels is aproperty similar to the burning quality of kerosene,and tests are made in a lamp as in the case ofkerosene. Excessive smoke can usually be ob-served when a jet aircraft takes off. Smoke con-sists of particles of free carbon suspended in thegases of combustion. This free carbon would notbe seen if perfect mixing of fuel and air could beobtained, and there would be no deposits of carbonin combustors. Two types of carbon are deposited-soft and fluffy (amorphous) and hard and crystal-line (graphitic). The hard variety can damage tur-bine engine fans and fuel injectors. Of severaltests tried, the height of a flame at the point wheresmoking begins appears to give the best correlationwith the tendency to deposit carbon.

SULFUR IN PETROLEUM PRODUCTS(ASTM D 129, D 1266, D 1552, AND D

2622)

Scope. Sulfur content tests are performed onall petroleum products. These tests are requiredusually because of pollution laws that restrict theamount of sulfur dioxide-producing elements inproducts.

Significance. Sulfur is an impurity in all pe-troleum products. Its presence can be either goodor bad. In gear oils and cutting oils, it is desirableto have sulfur compounds present because theyincrease the lubricating film strength of the oil. Ingasoline, diesel fuels, fuel oils, jet fuels, solvents,and lubricants, sulfur is undesirable. In the case offuels, sulfur will oxidize to form sulfur dioxide inthe combustion chamber. This test is especiallycritical on these products because of EPA regula-tions. This gas combines with water, also a com-bustion by-product, to form sulfurous or sulfuricacid. These acids are corrosive to metal engineparts. Sulfur dioxide also is an air pollutant thatEPA closely monitors. In the case of leaded gaso-line, sulfur reduces the effectiveness of the leadcompounds. Sulfur is kept to a minimum by using a

FM 10-67-2

8-11

low-sulfur crude oil (generally less than 2 percent).In refining, the distillates usually carry over only aminute amount of sulfur. The resulting residualsare then treated to reduce the sulfur content. Ingeneral, the sulfur content in gasoline ranges from0.02 to 0.05 percent; in distillate fuels, 0.10 to 1.07percent; and in residuals, up to 3.0 percent. Fuelswith high sulfur content can be upgraded byblending with a low sulfur product of the samegrade. If blending is not possible, permission canusually be obtained to burn the high sulfur fuel fora limited time.

TAG CLOSED CUP FLASH TEST(ASTM D 56)

Scope. This test is run on kerosene, solvents,JP-8, and commercial jet fuels. Liquids that flashbelow 100°F are considered flammable.

Significance. Flash point can be lower whenthe product is contaminated by a lighter productsuch as a gasoline or light jet fuel. This test is criti-cal because many types of equipment run on fuelswith a specific minimum flash point. Use of alower flash point product can result in explosionsor fires. A product with a low flash point should beupgraded by blending before it is used.

THERMAL STABILITY (ASTM D 1660AND D 3241)

Scope. These tests are run on aircraft turbinefuels to check for resistance to thermal break-down.

Significance. Thermal stability is the resis-tance of fuels to chemical and physical changeupon exposure to high temperatures that tend todecompose them. Thermal stability of fuels underhigh temperatures has become increasingly im-portant in the transition of jet aircraft from sub-sonic to supersonic speeds. Fuel is expected toperform a cooling function by providing a heatsink; that is, by absorbing the heat generated inhigh-speed flight. Fuel cannot do this unless it re-sists decomposition. A coke-like substance formsin thermally unstable fuels and plugs fuel jets and

manifolds. Aircraft fuels are routinely exposed totest temperatures of -65° to 400°F. Presence ofaromatics and olefin components are restricted injet fuels because they are less heat resistant. Lowthermal stability is usually caused by contaminationwith a MOGAS or AVGAS that contains theseundesirable components. This problem can usuallybe corrected by blending with better product.

WATER AND SEDIMENT (ASTM D 95, D 1796, AND D 2709)

Scope. These tests are run to determine theamount of water in crude, fuel, and lubricating oils(D 95), the amount of water and sediment in crudeand fuel oils (D 1796), and the amount of waterand sediment in diesel and other distillate fuels (D2709).

Significance. Water and sediment that ac-cumulate in ship cargo tanks and in shore tanksaffect quality and quantity. Excessive sedimentcan plug burner tips and prevent fuel from vapor-izing properly. This is also true for injectors indiesel engines. Water in fuel may freeze and clogfuel lines. Water in lubricating oils can corrodemetal surfaces and cause a loss of additives.Water and sediment can be removed by letting theproduct settle and filtering it. Drummed andcanned stock contaminated by water or sedimentor both must be disposed of as prescribed byregulations.

WATER REACTION (ASTM D 1094)

Scope. This test is performed on aviationfuels to determine the presence of excess alcoholor aromatic components and to evaluate the pres-ence of surfactants on the fuel/water interface.

Significance. The water layer in the test isinitially set at 20 milliliters. If the level increases inthe test, this indicates the presence of alcohol. Ifthe water layer decreases from 20 milliliters, thepresence of aromatics is indicated. Aromaticsabsorb water, and excess amounts of them willcause excess water to be held in fuel. This waterwill freeze at high altitudes, clogging fuel lines.For these reasons, a water level change value is

FM 10-67-2

8-12

set in aircraft fuel specifications. The interfaceratings are set to measure the effect of surfactantsin the fuel. These surfactants can cause excesssediment and water retention, which causes fuelfilter clogging. There is a correlation between theWSIM rating or the MSEP surfactant rating andthe interface rating. As the WSIM/MSEP rating

goes down from 90, the interface rating goes up.Experience has shown the following relative cor-relation (see Table 8-4). Any result above 1b canindicate a problem, but the result should be double-checked with clean cylinders and new buffer solu-tion.

Table 8-4. WSIM/MSEP- Interface rating correlation

WSIM/MSEP INTERFACE RATING90 and above

80 to 9070 to 8060 to 70

Below 60

11b234

WATER SEPARATIONCHARACTERISTICS: WSIM OR MSEPSURFACTANTS (ASTM D 2550, D 3948)

Scope. A water separation characteristicstest is performed on aviation turbine fuels to de-termine the presence of surfactants and predictfilter/separator problems resulting from these sur-factants.

Significance. Occasionally in the refining ofturbine fuels, sulfonates and naphthenates are re-tained in small quantities. These surfactants cancause fuels to retain water in emulsions that aredifficult to separate using filter/separators. Thus,the water can get into aircraft fuel tanks. Thiswater can freeze at high altitudes or reduce theFSII protection in the fuel. Jet fuels should neverbe batched in multiproduct pipelines immediatelybehind MOGAS or AVGAS. Additives in thesefuels tend to coat the pipeline and are picked up bythe next product in the line. These additives(corrosion inhibitors, lead scavengers) are veryactive surfactants in jet fuel and will cause the fuelto fail the water separation characteristics test(WSIM or MSEP) and the water reaction inter-

face test. A SDA will also cause the fuel to failthe WSIM or MSEP test. Correlation exists be-tween the WSIM/MSEP rating and the water re-action interface rating. WSIM/MSEP ratingsshould be tempered with the history of the fuel. Ifthe ratings are on the base stock, the results arevalid. However, if the fuel has moved throughmultiproduct lines or if an SDA has been added,the results will be invalid. Off specification fuelshould be allowed to settle for at least one hourper foot in depth before being retested. If it is stilloff specification, the fuel should be passed througha filter/separator containing new filter/coalescerelements. The fuel could also be clay treated, butthis would remove all of the additives, and newadditives would have to be introduced.

NOTE: The microseparameter technique (ASTMD 3948) will eventually replace the WSIM (ASTMD 2550). It is necessary to list both techniquesuntil the new apparatus is supplied to the laborato-ries.

CONDUCTIVITY (ASTM D 2624)

FM 10-67-2

8-13

Scope. This test is performed on JP-4 andJP-8 turbine fuels containing a SDA.

Significance. The ability of a fuel to dissipateelectrical charges that have been generated duringpumping and filtering operations is controlled by itselectrical conductivity, which depends upon itscontent of ion species. If the fuel conductivity issufficiently high, charges dissipate fast enough toprevent their accumulation and dangerously highpotentials at a fuel dispensing point. The use of

SDA can increase fuel conductivity to safe levels.SDA is added to JP-4 or JP-8 turbine fuels in verysmall proportions so that its effectiveness can bediminished by blending with other fuels that do notcontain SDA. Moreover, conductivity can be af-fected by filtering and transferring operations andby temperature changes. For this reason, the fuelsample for the conductivity test is taken close towhere the fuel enters the aircraft.

SECTION II. Identification of Unknown Products

GENERAL

In addition to routine analyses of petroleumproducts, tests are often needed to identify cap-tured petroleum stocks, products that have beenmarked improperly, or products that have beenstored so long that markings have become illegible.The unknown product must be identified as totype, and classified as to intended use by testsdescribed in Section I of this chapter. This is doneby comparing the unknown product specificationswith the specifications established for its intendeduse. The use of the product is important. One thatdoes not meet deterioration-use limits for a par-ticular purpose must not be used for that purposeunless specifically authorized.

CLASSIFICATION BY GRAVITY

For convenience in identifying unknowns, anarbitrary division of products can be based on APIgravity (see Figure 8-2, page 8-14). A test forAPI gravity is usually the first test made on anunknown product. Products which have a gravityof 35 ° API or higher and which are subjected tothe distillation test are classified as light distillates.Products which have a gravity lower than 35° APIand which are not subjected to the distillation testare classified as heavy distillates. This is an arbi-trary division for convenience only. This divisiondoes not necessarily hold true for all petroleumproducts.

FM 10-67-2

8-14

Figure 8-2. API gravity scale for petroleum products

LIGHT DISTILLATES

Gasoline. The first test for light distillates is avisual inspection. If the unknown has the charac-teristic odor and appearance of gasoline, the sam-ple container should be recapped and refrigeratedas soon as possible for the RVP test. If the prod-uct is red, green, or blue, it may be 80, 100/130, or100/130LL AVGAS or a light product commingledwith AVGAS. If the product is another color, itmay be ordinary AVGAS specification, ASTM D4814. RVP test and distillation separate these fuelsinto classes A, B, C, D, and E. SpecificationsASTM D 4814 and MIL-G-3056 give the require-ments that must be met if the unknown is to beused as gasoline. Colors may be confusing assome unleaded automotive gasoline are green andblue, and in some areas, diesel fuel is colored.

Water-White Products. Water-white prod-ucts include some jet fuels, kerosenes, benzene,naphtha, solvents, and unleaded gasoline. Un-leaded

gasoline is not always white; colors that havebeen noted in the field include yellow, orange, blue,green, blue-green, and red. Any combination oftests for API gravity, RVP, and distillation will aidin separating products.

• Naphtha (D-95, type I, grades A and B)is separated by API gravity. API gravity is alsoextremely important in testing jet fuels because ofmaximum and minimum specification limitations.

• Distillation is the key test in separation ofother products in this category. Each product hasa distinctive distillation curve.

• API gravity and RVP tests will definitelyseparate JP-4 and kerosene.

• API gravity and RVP tests will separateJP-4 and JP-5.

• MIL-T-5624 (JP-4), ASTM D 3699(kerosene), VV-B-231 and MIL-B-3137(benzene), ASTM D 91 and TT-N-97 (naphtha),and P-D-680 (dry-cleaning solvent) give the re-quirements to be met if the unknown is to be usedas any of the products named above.

FM 10-67-2

8-15

Diesel and Burner Fuels. (Straw-ColoredProducts).

• • If it is impossible to identify an unknownas either diesel or burner fuel, the identity of theunknown should be reported as burner fuel.Burner fuel is less critical in its use requirementsthan diesel fuel.

• • Distillation, flash point, pour point, andviscosity tests usually simplify the identificationand separate the identity of diesel fuels.

• • Separation of grades 1 and 2 of burnerfuels from diesel fuels is difficult. API gravity andviscosity tests are important.

• • Specifications MIL-F-16884, ASTM D396 and CID A-A-52557 provide the requirementsfor diesel and burner fuel.

HEAVY DISTILLATES

There are two categories of heavy distillates:burner fuels and lubricating and specialty oils.Burner fuels are readily separated from lubricatingand specialty oils on the basis of relatively lowflash point (below 220°F). Three key tests areused to identify and classify lubricating oils andspecialty products. Viscosity tests provide infor-mation that can be used to recommend a productfor a specific use. The saponification number andplain ash tests group the product according togeneral use. Results of saponification number andash content tests permit heavy distillates to be di-vided into three groups:

• Group A distillates are those with asaponification number less than 2.0 and an ashcontent greater than 0.05 percent.

• Group B distillates are those with asaponification number greater than 2.0.

• Group C distillates are those with asaponification number less than 2.0 and an ashcontent less than 0.05 percent.

GROUP A DISTILLATES

Types of Products. Group A products in-clude straight mineral oils containing organicadditives

or residual fuel oils. The group includes the fol-lowing products:

• Residual burner fuels, heavy and Navygrades.

• MS 9000-series engine oils (diesel).• OE-series engine oils (internal combus-

tion).• Preservative engine oils (PE).

Separation of Types. Fuel oils are easilyseparated from the remaining group A products bytesting the flash points, which are considerablylower. Results of a viscosity test determine thegrades of the products.

MS-9000, OE and PE Series. MS 9000-series oils, OE and PE, can be classified to a de-gree by viscosity. However, each series containsproducts with identical ratings. Therefore, thepossibility exists that the product could meet thespecification for one product in each series. If thishappens, the product should be recommended asthe applicable OE product (least critical).

The applicable specification gives the re-quirements for the unknown to be recommendedfor a particular use.

GROUP B DISTILLATES

Types of Oils. Test results yielding a saponi-fication number greater than 2.0 show that certainoils should be considered as follows:

• MS 4065 oil, viscosity 65-80 SSU at210°F, below rapeseed.

• MS 6135 oil, viscosity 120-150 SSU at210°F, tallow.

• MS 7105 oil, viscosity 95-110 SSU at210°F, tallow or lard.

• MS 8190 oil, viscosity 180-200 SSU at130°F, lard.

• Sulfurized cutting oil.• Soluble cutting oil.• Hypoid gear oil.• Other gear oils.

FM 10-67-2

8-16

Separation of Types. Group B distillates areseparated according to the following guidelines.

• The MS oils, except MS 4065 and MS8190, can be separated easily by viscosity. Afurther separation of these two oils can be basedon the percentage of fatty oils required.

• Sulfurized cutting oils can be separatedfrom other products in this group by their ex-tremely high saponification numbers and large sul-fur content.The applicable specification gives therequirements if the product is to be recommendedfor a particular use.

• Soluble cutting oils can be distinguishedby their solubility in water.

• Gear oils can be separated in severalways. Subzero gear oil can be separated by itslow pour point, high ash content, and viscosityat -65°F.

GROUP C DISTILLATES

Types of Oils. Group C products are straightmineral oils containing additives that do not formash. Additives of this kind include pour point de-pressants, viscosity index improves, and oxidationinhibitors. The group includes types of oils as fol-lows:

• MS 1000-series aircraft engine oils.• MS 2000-series general-purpose oils.• MS 3000-series general-purpose oils.• MS 5000-series steam cylinder oils.• Specialty oils.

Separation of Types. The viscosity test sepa-rates most of the oils in this group. Oils whoseviscosity ranges overlap are discussed below.

• MS 3000 and MS 5000 oils can be sepa-rated by a combination of results from the VI, pourpoint, and carbon residue tests. MS 5000-seriesoils usually have much higher flash points thanothers in the group.

• There are several instances where a2000-series product will have overlapping specifi-cations with a 3000-series product. If positiveidentification is not possible, the unknown shouldbe recommended for use as a 2000-series product.

• The applicable specification gives re-quirements to be met if the product is to be rec-ommended for a particular use.

REPORTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

When the tests for identifying or classifyingan unknown product have been completed, thelaboratory performing the tests prepares a letter ofidentification for the requesting agency. The lettercontains identifying information and recommenda-tions for the use, reclamation, or other dispositionof the product. A copy of DA Form 2077, Petro-leum Products Laboratory Analysis Report ac-companies the letter, indicating all test results. Anynecessary charts or graphs should also be in-cluded. If a product cannot be identified or re-claimed and is unfit for any military use, the labo-ratory should recommend that it be disposed of,unless otherwise instructed by higher authority.The disposition of any product that has been con-demned for military use is a responsibility of theowning department. Further correspondence rela-tive to this product should be between the activityhaving possession of the product and the depart-ment owning it.

Section III. Product Reclamation and Disposition

GENERAL

Reclamation is a procedure that will restoreor change the quality of a contaminated or off-

specification product so that it will meet the speci-fication of the original product or a lower grade

FM 10-67-2

8-17

product. The process of reclamation, when prop-erly applied, will result in downgrading, blending,purification, or dehydration. Reclamation may berecommended by the laboratory when productsare identified or classified or when contaminatedor deteriorated products are analyzed.

FACTORS AFFECTING RECLAMATION

Reclamation may not be undertaken withoutspecific approval from the technical activity of theowning department. The following factors mustbe carefully considered before reclamation is rec-ommended:

• What contaminating agents are present,source of contaminants, and degree of contamina-tion?

• Probable end use of the product in itspresent condition. Consideration must be given tolaboratory analysis, purchase specification, estab-lished deterioration use limits, and safety factors.

• Feasibility of removing or canceling un-desirable effects of contaminants to make theproduct usable.

• Location, type of storage, and quantity ofoff-specification product.

• Probable need for the reclaimed petro-leum product.

• Availability of time, materials, equipment,funds, and labor necessary to reclaim the product.

• Benefits derived by the governmentthrough the reclamation of products that otherwisemight be classified as hazardous waste.

RECLAMATION TECHNIQUES

Downgrading. Downgrading is the procedureby which an off-specification or slightly contami-nated product is approved for use as a lower gradeof a similar petroleum product.

Blending. Blending for reclamation is theprocedure by which an off-specification product ismixed with on-specification stocks to produce aproduct of intermediate grade or quality that iswholly within use limits. However, it is unlikely

that an old product deficient in many of its criticalproperties could be brought within use limits. Eve-rything depends on whether the quality of freshstocks is much better or only slightly better thanthat of the old stock. Unless all critical propertiescan be brought up to use limits, downgrading orother types of disposition must be considered(MIL-HDBK-200).

Dehydration. Dehydration is the removal ofwater by a filtering or settling process. Free watersettles out of most light products if allowed tostand undisturbed for about 24 hours. Excess wa-ter can then be drawn off, and the water that re-mains, except dissolved water, can be removed byadequate filter/separators. Warming residual prod-ucts may help to break emulsions, permitting thewater content to be removed as free water.

Filtration or Purification. Filtration or purifica-tion is the removal of contaminating agents by set-tling, filtration, or a filter/ separator. Coarse parti-cles of dirt, mill scale, and rust settle out of lightproducts if allowed to stand undisturbed after re-ceipt. A minimum tank settling period of 2 hours isrequired for all aviation fuels, automotive gasoline,and diesel fuels after fresh stocks have beenadded. At least 24 hours is advisable for heavyproducts such as burner fuels. In addition, theproduct should be subjected to visual or qualitytests prior to issue. Fine particles can be removedby adequate filter/separators.

IMPROVING CRITICAL PROPERTIES

Some critical properties of a few petroleumproducts that may be improved by use of reclama-tion techniques are shown below. The require-ments for these products can be obtained from theappropriate military specification. The use limitscan be obtained from the latest revision of MIL-HDBK-200.

Aviation Gasoline. AVGAS properties in-clude the following.

• Performance number• Existent gum, mg/100 ml

FM 10-67-2

8-18

• Residue, percent (maximum)• Vapor pressure, psi• TEL, ml/US gallons

Jet Fuels. Jet fuel properties include the fol-lowing.

• Existent gum, mg/100 ml:• Steam jet (JP-4, JP-5)• Vapor pressure, psi: (JP-4)• Fuel system icing inhibitor• Static dissipating additive (JP-4. JP-8)

Combat Automotive Gasoline. Combatautomotive gasoline properties include the follow-ing.

• Unwashed gum, mg/100 ml• Vapor pressure, psi:• Type I• Type II• Octane number• Lead/US gallons

Kerosene. The critical property for keroseneis the flash point.

Diesel Fuels/Fuel Oils. Diesel fuel oil proper-ties include the following.

• API gravity• Flash point• Bottom sediment and water (FO)• Particulate contamination (DF)

APPROXIMATING A BLENDING RATIO

Figure 8-3 illustrates a specimen graph thatcan be used instead of a formula to approximate ablending ratio. Other properties with appropriatescales can be substituted. The results provide onlypilot blends, and each pilot blend must be testedand adjusted as needed. It is a good practice toallow a safety factor in any reclamation blending.

Problem. Prepare a pilot blend of fresh, on-specification MOGAS containing 4 mg gum/100 mland off-specification MOGAS containing 26 mg

gum/100 ml to produce a mixture containing 7 mggum/100 ml.

Solution. Prepare a graph showing percent-age of on-specification stock across the top from100 to 0 and percentage of off-specification stockacross the bottom 0 to 100. Show gum content (orother property on a suitable scale) at both ends ofgraph from 30 to 0. Draw a line across thegraph

at the point that represents required gum content 7mg/100 ml. Draw a line from the point that repre-sents gum content of 4 mg/100 ml on the left-handscale to the point that represents gum content of26 mg/100 ml on the righthand scale. Project thepoint of intersection between the sloping line andthe 7 mg/100 ml line to the top and bottom scales,and read approximate percentage of fresh and oldstocks for the pilot blend.

DOWNGRADING AND REGRADING

MIL-HDBK-200 contains thorough descrip-tions of the critical properties, use limits, down-grading, and regrading requirements for petroleumproducts. A few of the important points are asfollows:

Jet Fuels. Jet fuels are not readily down-graded or regraded, even with blending. Becauseof the many limitations imposed on jet fuels, it isrecommended that downgrading of these fuels notbe attempted, except for ground use when possi-ble.

Combat Automotive Gasoline. Combat auto-motive gasoline may be downgraded to ASTM D-4814, commercial grade fuel.

Kerosene. Kerosene containing more than 1percent of distillate fuel, or more than 0.1 percentof residual fuel, and not passing the lamp test,should be downgraded. Blend grade K-1 (low sul-fur) Kerosene with DL2 for winter use in dieselconsuming equipment, or as a burner fuel. Blendgrade K-2 (regular) Kerosene with burner oils anduse as heating fuel. Care must be taken to main-

FM 10-67-2

8-19

tain flash point and sulfur requirements within uselimits.

Marine Diesel Fuel. Marine diesel fuel thatfails to meet carbon residue and distillation re-quirements should be downgraded for use in low-

speed diesel engines ashore, or for USE as boilerfuel ashore.

Figure 8-3. Specimen graph to approximate a blending ratio.

DISPOSITION PROCEDURES

When a DLA-owned product does not meetspecification limits at intermediate storage points,the activity having physical possession of theproduct will contact the Defense Fuel SupplyCenter, for a decision about its use or disposition.When an Army-owned product does not meet

use limits at the location of use, the US ArmyPetroleum Center, New Cumberland, PA 17070,should be contacted for a decision concerning itsuse or disposition. The request for dispositioninstructions should include the following informa-tion:

• Specification and grade.

FM 10-67-2

8-2

• Quantity.• Location.• Date of receipt.• Name of manufacturer, contract num-

ber, batch number, qualification number, and dateof manufacture.

• Type of container or storage.• Accountable military department.• Need for replacement product.• • Detail laboratory test results.• • Recommended alternate use, disposition,

or recovery measures.

FM 10-67-2

9-1

CHAPTER 9

SAMPLERS AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES

GENERAL

A sample is a small portion of a substanceused to inspect or to determine the quality of thesubstance. Samples of petroleum products are tobe taken as described in ASTM Method D 4057.

TYPES OF SAMPLES

Various types of samples are explained be-low.

• Top Sample. A top sample is one taken 6inches below the top surface of a tank's contents.

• Upper Sample. An upper sample is takenwith a weighted bottle or beaker sampler from themiddle of the top third of a tank's contents.

• Middle Sample. A middle sample istaken from the middle of the tank's contents. (Apoint halfway between the upper and lower sam-pling point.)

• Lower Sample. A lower sample is takenfrom the middle of the bottom third of a tank'scontents.

• Bottom Sample. A bottom sample istaken on the bottom of a tank.

• All-Level Sample. An all-level sample istaken by submerging a closed bottle or beakersampler to a point as near as possible to the tankdraw off point. Then the sampler is opened andraised to a constant rate so that it is between 75and 85 percent full when it emerges from the liq-uid.

• Average Sample. A sample that consistsof proportionate parts from all levels of the prod-uct. For example, an average sample from a hori-zontal, cylindrical, or a spherical tank should con-tain more material from the middle of the tankwhere the diameter is greatest.

• Composition Sample. A sample combiningindividual samples that represent the bulk from

which they were taken. A single-tank compositesample is a blend of the upper, middle, and lowersamples from a tank's contents. A multiple-tankcomposite sample is a blend of individual, all-levelsamples taken from the compartments of a tankeror barge containing the same product. The sampleconsists of parts proportionate to the volume ofproduct in each compartment sampled.

• Outlet Sample. An outlet sample is takenwith a bottle or beaker sampler at the level of atank outlet, whether fixed or swingline.

• Drain Sample. A drain sample is takenfrom the drawoff or discharge valve.

• Continuous Sample. A continuous sampleis taken from a flowing pipeline by allowing a slowtrickle of the product to collect in a sampler duringthe entire flow time. This sample is representativeof the stream of product during the period of sam-pling.

• On-Line Sample. An on-line sample istaken from a flowing pipeline by opening the valveand collecting the sample during the flow of theproduct. These samples are used mostly for thewater separometer index and particulate contami-nant tests.

SAMPLERS

The four most frequently used samplers arethe weighted beaker, weighted bottle, Bacon bombthief, and drum thief (see Figure 9-1, page 9-2). Afifth type is the vacuum pump sampler (see Figure9-2, page 9-3). Its use is generally restricted todrawing samples in a petroleum laboratory.

Weighted Beaker (Copper Cylinder). Theweighted copper beaker sampler (NSN 6640-00-946-3600) consists of a copper bottle permanentlyattached to a lead base. A drop cord is attached tothe handle through a ring in the stopper so that a

FM 10-67-2

9-2

short, quick pull on the cord opens the beaker atany desired point beneath the surface of the liquid.This sampler is used to take upper, middle, lower,or all-level samples of liquid products of 16 psi or

less RVP. It is used in tanker or barge compart-ments, shore tanks, tank cars, and tank trucks.

FM 10-67-2

9-3

Figure 9-1. Samplers

Figure 9-2. Vacuum-pump sampler.

Weighted Bottle (Glass Cylinder). The glass-cylinder sampler (NSN 6640-00-946-3601) con-sists of a glass bottle within a square, weightedmetal holder. A drop cord is attached through aring in the stopper so that a short, quick pull on thecord opens the bottle at any desired point underthe surface of the liquid. This sampler has thesame application as the weighted beaker sampler,but because of its wider mouth, can be used forsampling heavier products.

Drum Thief (Plastic Cylinder). The plastic-cylinder (tube type) sampler (NSN 6695-00-496-9624) consists of a two-piece, plastic tube, 39 1/2inches long and 1 1/2 inches at maximum diame-ter. The tube is fitted with two finger rings at theupper end and three supporting legs at the bot-

tom. Both ends are tapered and have openings.The top

opening of the sampler is closed with the thumbuntil the sampler is submerged in the liquid. Thenthe thumb is removed from the opening, allowingthe liquid to fill the sampler. This sampler is usedto take samples of liquid products of 12 psi or lessRVP and samples of semi-liquid products. It isused in drums, barrels, or cans.

Bacon Bomb Thief (Tank Car Thief). TheBacon bomb thief sampler (NSN 6695-00-946-3602) consists of a nickel-plated brass cylindertapered at both ends and fitted with an internal,plunger-type valve. The valve opens automaticallywhen the sampler strikes the bottom of a containerand closes when lifted. A drop cord is attached toa ring at the top of the sampler: A trip cord canalso be attached for the purpose of opening thesampler at any level. This sampler is used to takebottom samples of liquid products of 2 psi or lessRVP and samples of semi-liquid products. TheBacon bomb thief can be modified to provide han-dling and finger rings and pouring spout for usewith the standard sample can with 1 3/8-inchopening (see Figure 9-3, page 9-4). Minor differ-ences in the sampler may require deviations fromthe instructions.

Vacuum-Pump Sampler. The vacuum pumpsampler (No NSN, manufactured by the DaiggerCompany of Chicago) is made of brass or alumi-num except for its neoprene valve and neopreneO-rings. It consists of a tube, plunger handle, andtubing. It has an outside diameter of 1 1/4 inchesand is 7 inches long. A brass sampler weighs 1pound and an aluminum sampler 6 ounces. Thesampler can lift about 25 feet of water at sealevel. With 1/4-inch inside diameter tubing, thesampler will fill a pint bottle with water in less than10 seconds. Fittings include a 1/8-inch female pipetap in the pump base, permitting use of standardfittings. The sampler can be attached to a con-tainer and the tubing dropped into the liquid to bepumped. Air is extracted from the empty containeron the upward stroke of the plunger. The sample

FM 10-67-2

9-4

liquid is drawn or siphoned from the source intothe container through the tubing and base of thesampler.

FM 10-67-2

9-5

Figure 9-3. Directions for modifying Bacon bomb sampler locally

FM 10-67-2

9-6

SAMPLE CONTAINERS

Containers may be clear or brown glass bot-tles, or they may be cans. Clear glass bottles per-mit visual examination of the sample. Brown glassbottles protect light sensitive samples. Only thosecans that have been soldered on the outside with arosin flux may be used. Minute traces of flux maycontaminate samples and interfere with tests fordielectric strength, resistance to oxidation, andsludge formation. The sample container should beof the type best suited to the product and to thepurpose of the test. It must also be clean, dry, andlint-free. When necessary, sample containershould be rinsed with a solvent. Discard the sol-vent as prescribed by local environmental laws andregulations, or local SOP.

Approved Sample Containers. A list of ap-proved sample containers with stock numbers isgiven below:

• Can, sample, 1/2-sBal (metal), 8115-01-090-0660

• Can, sample, 1-gal (metal), 8110-00-879-7182

• Can, sample, 1-gal (metal, rectangle),8115-00-2247935

• Can, sample, 1-gal (metal), 8110-00-128-6819

• Can, sample, 1-gal (metal, round), 8115-01-192-0935

• Can, sample, 1-qt (metal), 8110-00- 178-8281

• Screwcaps, polypropylene, 1-gal, 6640-00-410-4461

• Bottle, screw, clear-glass, 16-oz, 6640-00-4040660

• Bottle, screw, clear-glass, 32-oz, 6640-00-4040661

• Bottle, screw, amber-glass, 16-oz, 6640-00-4040658

• Bottle, screw, amber-glass, 32-oz, 6640-00-4040659

Cleaning. The sample container should becleaned by the following procedures.

• Step 1. Rinse with a solvent. Discard thesolvent as prescribed by local environmental lawsand regulations or local SOP.

• Step 2. Wash with a strong soap solution.• Step 3. Rinse with tap water and then

distilled water.• Step 4. Dry in a dust-free cabinet at

104°F or warmer.• Step 5. Close container immediately after

it is dry.

Filling. Before a sample is taken, the con-tainer should be rinsed with a small quantity of theproduct being sampled, except for sediment(millipore) samples. Discard the rinsing material.The sample container should not be filled to morethan 80 percent of its capacity to allow for thermalexpansion. Samples submitted in 1-quart con-tainers for vapor pressure testing will be filled tothe 70 to 80 percent level. Use only those tops thatare supplied with the container to seal it. Close thecontainer tightly immediately after filling.

Tagging. Each sample container shouldbe tagged immediately after sampling. Com-plete identifying information should be in-cluded on the sample tag. DA Form 1804 (seeFigure 9-4, page 9-6). It should be filled out tothe maximum extent possible as directed by theinstructions (see Table 9-1, page 9-7). Assigna sample number to the tag, and record data ina sample log.

SAMPLING PROCEDURES

A simple set of sampling procedures cannotbe given because products are different, the mediaof transportation and storage differ, and samplingrequirements for some tests are different. Generalguidelines for sampling are provided in this section.

FM 10-67-2

9-7

Figure 9-4. DA Form 1804

FM 10-67-2

9-8

Table 9-1. Instructions for preparing DA Form 1804

ITEM ENTRYPetroleum sample tag section

Product

From (Installation)

Sample No.

Laboratory No

Specification

Amt Produced Sample Represents

Manufacturer/Supplier

Source of Sample

Sampled By

Armed Services Procurement No

Stock No

Date Sampled

Qualification No

Batch No

Fill Date

Shipment Delivery Date

Contract Bulletin No

Item No

Program

Type Sample

Reverse Side

Applicable entry on petroleum sample tag

Specification nomenclature of the product represented by the sample.

Installation submitting sample.

Applicable sample identification number of installation submitting sample.

Reserved for use by the petroleum laboratory.

Applicable specification of product sampled.

Gallons of product within the container (such as storage tank, tank car and tanktruck) represented by the sample.

Company that supplied the product.

Source of sample, truck number, tank number, or other (such as tank car num-ber, cans, drums, and pails.

Signature of person that obtained sample.

Applicable contract number.

Applicable national stock number.

Date sample was taken.

Applicable qualification number (for certain type lubricants only).

Applicable batch number.

Date container was filled with product (applies only to cases, cans, pails, anddrums).

Date delivery of shipment was made.

Applicable Defense Fuel Supply Center contract bulletin number (if any).

Applicable Defense Fuel Supply Center contract bulletin item number (if any).

X in the applicable box.

X in the applicable box. When an X is entered in the box titled “Other”, specifythe type of sample taken, for example average, all-levels, and random).

Weather conditions and any remarks necessary to accomplish and expedite theanalysis of the sample. Also, telephone number, address, and name of personto contact for sample information.

FM 10-67-2

9-9

Representative Sample. A sample must rep-resent the entire quantity of product sampled. Oth-erwise, the resulting analysis can only reflect thequality of a part of the whole substance, and thequality reflected may be better or worse than thetrue quality.

Size of Sample. The normal size of a sampleis 1 gallon for liquids and 5 pounds for semisolids.Special samples and gasoline samples submittedfor testing performance numbers by the super-charge method should be 5 gallons. Samples of jetfuel to be tested for thermal stability should be 5gallons.

Standard Sampler. The sampler should be oneof the standard types and the one best suited to theproduct and to the container. If a standard sampleris not suitable because of small openings throughwhich the sample must be taken, an improvisedsampler may be used. In any case, the samplermust be clean and be made of a material that willnot contaminate the sample.

Drum Thief. A tube sampler or drum thiefshould be used to take samples from a drum orsimilar container. The container should never betipped, and the product should never be pouredthrough a funnel. The area around the closureshould be cleaned before removing the cap orplug.

Cleaning Sampler. Rinse sampler with theproduct being sampled.

Protecting Samples. All sample containersshould be protected for shipment. Samples ofgasoline, jet fuel, and kerosene should be protectedfrom direct sunlight by using brown bottles or cansor by covering clear bottles with paper or foil.Samples of gasoline and JP-4 should be kept cool(30° to 40°F if possible) to prevent loss of lightends. Samples of products containing lead addi-tives must be protected from sunlight.

Serial Numbers. A serial number should beassigned to each sample. This number is made up

of the last two digits of the calendar year and thesample number for that year. For example, thefirst sample from an activity for 1996 is numbered96-1. A station log should be kept with a record ofthe samples submitted and the designated testinglaboratory.

Laboratory Log. A permanent record shouldbe kept of the samples received by a laboratory.For each sample, this log should contain the fol-lowing.

• Record of the date of receipt and labora-tory sample number.

• Product, unit's sample number.• Source of sample.• Quantity sample represents.• Sampler's name.• Date sampled.• Date of completion of tests.

Sample Storeroom. A sample storeroomshould be prepared apart from the laboratory toprotect samples from extreme heat or cold. Sam-ples that have been tested and reported should bestored for an appropriate length of time, tightlystoppered or capped, and segregated from samplesthat are awaiting tests.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES FORMILLIPORE TESTING

All containers and their caps, sampling lines,and other equipment used in obtaining the samplerfor analysis must be thoroughly cleaned as de-scribed in ASTM D 2276, Preparation of Appara-tus and Sample Containers.

Sampling Loading Line. The sample will beextracted from the loading rack fill line during fill-ing of aviation refueler trucks. Before the sampleis taken, at least 300 gallons of fuel must be cir-culated or dispensed into a refueling truck. Thecontainer is then filled to within 1 inch of the top.The container is immediately capped and sealed toprevent evaporation and leakage.

FM 10-67-2

9-10

Sampling Aviation Refueling Trucks. Fuel willbe circulated through the piping, filter/separator,hose, and nozzle for a minimum of one half therated volume of the truck at normal operatingpressure. The sample will be taken directly fromthe nozzle. Immediately after the container is filled,

the cap and seal are secured to prevent evapora-tion and leakage.

Sample Tag. DA Form 1804 should be filledout as indicated in Table 9-1. However, whenlaboratory analysis for filter effectiveness is re-quired, the appropriate block must be marked onthe sample tag.

FM 10-67-2

10-1

CHAPTER 10

PETROLEUM LABORATORY OPERATIONS

Section I. Safety During Laboratory Operations

GENERAL PRECAUTIONS

All petroleum products present fire hazardsfor personnel who handle them. However, petro-leum laboratory personnel, who work with chemi-cals in close quarters, are exposed to additionaldangers. The chemicals handled may be toxic,corrosive, explosive, flammable, irritant, or car-cinogenic. Safe and efficient laboratory operationsdepend on the observance of well-establishedsafety practices and a thorough knowledge oftesting procedures. The testing procedures usuallyinvolve using equipment and materials that arepotentially dangerous. Injury to personnel anddamage to equipment by fire, chemicals, danger-ous pressures and vacuums, or misuse of equip-ment can be avoided by alert and responsible labo-ratory technicians. Each laboratory should haveoperating procedures that include all safety con-siderations. Strict observance of establishedsafety, care, and handling procedures will allowlaboratory personnel to perform their duties in asafe and hazard-free environment. All laboratorypersonnel should be familiar with safety aware-ness and communication issues concerning sub-stances used or tested at the facility. Also, Mate-rial Safety Data Sheets for those substancesshould be on hand. Some of the more commonsafety precautions that should be observed duringlaboratory operations are as follows:

• Do not consume any food or beveragesin the laboratory or storage rooms.

• Check for leaks in the oxygen, gas orvacuum systems by listening for hissing sounds,checking unexplained drops in pressure and ap-plying soapy water to the joints and fittings.

• Always have someone else with you inthe laboratory when performing test procedures.

• Pay attention to the test in progress. If itis necessary to leave the laboratory or to leave atest in progress, request assistance from anothertechnician or notify the supervisor. Make sure nosafety hazard will result from your absence.

• Maintain a professional manner in thelaboratory. Any unnecessary diversions can resultin increased hazards and unsatisfactory test re-sults.

• Do not attempt to perform tests simulta-neously unless each test can be given the requiredattention.

• Whenever in doubt concerning any op-eration, consult qualified authority for advice.

• Do not attempt unauthorized shortcuts tosave time, as they generally are not in accordancewith safe laboratory procedures or valid test re-sults.

• Be prepared for any emergencies thatmay arise. Be familiar with the proper action totake in event of emergencies.

• Protective gear (gloves, goggles, and ap-proved lab coat) should be worn when workingwith chemicals or fuels in the laboratory.

• Wear hearing protection when workingaround loud machinery (air compressor, generator,and so on).

• When ending daily operations, make athorough and orderly check of laboratory, equip-ment, and facilities to ensure that no hazards maydevelop during the time the laboratory is unat-tended. Inspections should be performed whenthe laboratory is unoccupied for an extendedlength of time.

FM 10-67-2

10-2

PREVENTING FIRES

Fire probably represents the greatest singlehazard in the laboratory. Laboratory personnelmust be aware of the potential sources of fire andwork conscientiously when handling combustiblematerials or supplies and samples that may formflammable vapors. Chapter 2 of FM 10-67-1, dis-cuses the properties of petroleum and their inher-ent fire hazards, safety procedures, and fire fight-ing practices. This should be required reading foranyone associated with petroleum products. Spe-cific to the petroleum laboratory, the following fireprevention rules, at a minimum, should be observedto prevent personal injury and equipment damage.

DO:• Inspect the laboratory for adequate venti-

lation.• Ventilate the laboratory and storeroom to

prevent the accumulation of fumes and vapors.• Check seals, tags, pressure gages, and

hoses of fire fighting equipment periodically tomake sure they are properly serviced and readyfor use.

• Inspect any apparatus you will be workingwith to ensure that it is fixed firmly in place.

• Check burner tubing frequently to ensurethat it is not faulty.

• Check electrical wiring frequently. Lookfor loose or defective connections or frayed insu-lation.

• Keep volatile liquids and flammable prod-ucts away from direct (engine exhausts, openflames, and direct sunlight) and indirect (circuitbreakers, switches, and electric motors) sources ofheat.

• Make certain there is no open flame orexposed heating element nearby when pouringhighly volatile liquids.

• Use glass beads or porcelain fragments, toprevent boiling over or splattering of liquids whenheating.

• Use flammable liquids near a source of ig-nition ONLY if the test procedures require it.

• Move flammable debris away from haz-ardous areas as soon as possible.

• Set hot liquids aside to cool in coveredcontainers before discarding.

• Break burned matches, or dispose of themin an ash receiver before discarding them in a ref-use container.

• Discard organic products in authorizedcontainers.

• Keep oily rags in a metal, airtight, closedcontainer.

• Immediately clean the area of a spill withabsorbent material. Dispose of this absorbentmaterial according to the installation waste dis-posal plan.

• Perform ohm tests every two years on allstatic grounds in the laboratory. (Maximum resis-tance is 25 ohms).

• Inspect to see that the funnel and funnelbase of the filtration apparatus have electricalcontinuity and are grounded.

• Store chemicals that are hazardous, whennear one another, in separate areas. (Oxidizersmust be kept separate from flammable and corro-sives.)

DO NOT:

• Smoke in the laboratory or associated ar-eas where chemicals are handled or stored.

• Leave open flames or heating elementsunattended.

• Discard organic products (hot or cooled)in sinks or drains.

• Store oily rags in cabinets or drawers.

MODULAR, MOBILE ANDAIR MOBILE LABORATORIES

The following procedures should be observedwhen operating in the modular, mobile or airmobilelaboratories.

• Purge the laboratory prior to entering. Ifthe purge system is inoperative, open all the doorsand vents, and wait at least 30 minutes before en-tering the laboratory.

• Ground the laboratory and generator.

FM 10-67-2

10-3

• Remove all waste drums and sample cansfrom the area when setting up or taking down thenets from the laboratory and equipment. (The netsgenerate static electricity.)

• Do not store empty or full sample cans inthe laboratory. Store empty or full sample cans ina protective area, at least 50 feet away from labo-ratory and generators.

• Test and calibrate the gas alarm system,as required.

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

Trained personnel may use solid waterstreams, water sprays, and water fogs to controlor extinguish fires in specific situations. One of themost immediate means of extinguishing a fire iswith the use of a fire extinguisher. The Army usesboth portable hand extinguishers and wheeledunits. Portable hand fire extinguishers are effec-tive only in a fire’s earliest stages. Portable handfire extinguishers, except pump-tank units, areavailable in different sizes and types. The pump-tank unit uses water or an antifreeze solution(usually calcium chloride with corrosion inhibitors).Wheeled fire extinguishers offer more flexibilitybecause they have longer hoses and greater ca-pacities. Procedures for extinguishing fires shouldbe posted in the laboratory. Personnel should bethoroughly drilled in the areas of fire preventionand proper, quick response to the sighting of a fire.They should also be familiar with the nature ofpetroleum fires and with the fire extinguishingequipment in the laboratory. Fire extinguishersand other fire fighting equipment should be withineasy reach but safe from fire. In order for theextinguisher to be an effective tool, the followinggeneral rules must be followed.

• Know the location of and types of fire ex-tinguishers on hand in the laboratory, and theclasses of fires they are intended for.

• Inspect the laboratory facility monthly toensure that all extinguishers are in their designatedplaces, are readily accessible, are not damaged,and the nozzles are not clogged

• When using the extinguisher, follow themanufacturer’s instructions exactly.

• Recharge extinguishers immediately afteruse.

• All fire extinguishers must be tested.• Examine all fire extinguishers, at least

once a year or more often, depending on localregulations.

• Ensure that pressure-type extinguishersare tested hydrostatically.

• Testing should be performed on all fireextinguishers IAW current directives.

TYPES OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

The following paragraphs describe the morecommon types of fire extinguishers and their prop-erties.

Soda-Acid Extinguisher. The soda-acid ex-tinguisher is the most common type of water-solution extinguisher that uses gas pressure as theexpellent. The chemicals in the extinguisher aresodium bicarbonate (baking soda) and sulfuricacid. The sodium bicarbonate is in water-solutionform in the extinguisher, and the acid is containedin a loosely stoppered glass bottle. When someoneinverts the extinguisher, a chemical reaction pro-duces carbon dioxide that builds up pressure andexpels the water. Use this extinguisher type forClass A fires only.

Antifreeze Extinguisher. The antifreeze ex-tinguisher contains a calcium chloride solutioncharge. The expellant is gas from carbon dioxidecartridges or from a chemical reaction. The op-erator charges the extinguisher by inverting it andbumping it on the floor or by squeezing a valvelever. Use this type of extinguisher for Class Afires.

Loaded-Stream Extinguisher. The loaded-stream extinguisher is charged with an alkali-metalsalt solution and other salts. Potassium salts arepart of the charge. The way the agent works on afire differs with the class of the fire. It puts outclass A fires immediately and helps keep themfrom starting again. The way it works on smallclass B fires is unclear. The agent produces no

FM 10-67-2

10-4

smothering vapor, but there seems to be a chemi-cal reaction that tends to hold down combustion.

Carbon Dioxide Extinguisher. The carbondioxide extinguisher comes in many sizes. Thecharge of liquid carbon dioxide under 800 to 900-psi pressure is released by a hand valve at the topof the unit. A tube runs from the top to the bottomof the unit. This tube allows the release of onlyliquid carbon dioxide until the extinguisher usesabout 80 percent of its charge. Gaseous carbondioxide then flows until the charge exhausts. Thecharge flows in a high-velocity stream, and a hornor flaring nozzle keeps it from being diluted. Whenthe operator releases the charge and it enters thehorn, the chilling effect turns about 30 percent ofthe charge into dry ice or snow. Cooling of thegas as it expands causes this. Carbon dioxide di-lutes air in class B fires. It works well on class Cfires because it is not a conductor.

Dry Chemical Extinguisher. The dry-chemical fire extinguisher is available in a widerange of sizes. The chief agent is sodium bicar-bonate powder with additives that produce waterrepellency and free flow. The expellant is carbondioxide, nitrogen, or compressed air. The extin-guisher puts out the fire by smothering it. It workswell on class B and C fires.

Purple K Extinguisher. The purple K extin-guisher is a dry chemical extinguisher using theextinguishing agent potassium bicarbonate(KHCO3), commonly called purple K. Carbondioxide gas discharges the purple K in a widestream from a low-velocity nozzle. This fire extin-guisher works by smothering and is designed foruse on class B and C fires. Purple K is highly cor-rosive. Purple K extinguishers usually have a 20-pound capacity.

METHODS OF EXTINGUISHINGPETROLEUM FIRES

The following methods may be used to extin-guish petroleum fires, depending on the class ofthe fire. Table 10-1 illustrates the National FireProtection Association's four classes of fire, theirsource and extinguishing agent(s).

• Water and Water Fog. Water should beused as an absolute last resort for extinguishingpetroleum fires. Keep in mind that water is heav-ier than petroleum, and could cause the fuel tofloat thus spreading the fire. It is more effectiveas a cooling agent.

Table 10-1. Classes of Fire

Class of Fire Source of Fire Extinguishing AgentA Combustibles, such as: wood, paper, grass,

brush, rubbish.Water

B Liquid, such as: gasoline, and other fuels, sol-vents, lubricants, paints, oils, and similar sub-stances that do not leave embers.

Air-diluting agent, such as carbon di-oxide; or a smothering agent, such asfoam or a fire blanket.

C Electrical equipment, such as motors,switches, and transformers.

Air-diluting agent, such as carbon di-oxide or a smothering agent, such asfoam or a fire blanket. DO NOT usean agent that is a conductor of electric-ity.

D Combustible materials and other chemicals, Use a smothering agent, such as foam

FM 10-67-2

10-5

such as: sodium, potassium, titanium, andphosphorous. DO NOT allow water to comein contact with these substances, if ignited.

or a fire blanket.

• Blankets. Blankets are mainly used to putout a fire on a person's clothing. Wet blankets cansometimes be used effectively to help smother afire at a vapor leak or a vent.

• Carbon Dioxide. As opposed to water,carbon dioxide can be used on most petroleumfires.

• Sand. Sand can be used to cover or ab-sorb liquids for fire prevention. Sand is most use-ful in coping with fires caused by small quantitiesof flammable liquids and greases on the floor.

WARNING: Do not use water for extinguishingoil fires because it will spread the fire. Water isalso a conductor of electricity and should not beused on electrical fires.

HANDLING CHEMICALS

Many of the chemicals in the laboratory aredangerous. Any action associated with thesechemicals should be done safely. Broken or dam-aged containers must be handled with caution toprevent exposure of personnel to the hazards thatmay be involved with a particular chemical. Thefollowing safety precautions need to be observedby all personnel handling chemicals.

Personal Safety. To prevent personal injury inthe laboratory, the following safety measuresshould be employed.

• Wear rubber gloves when you handle ac-ids or bases.

• Wear goggles when it is necessary tobreak up chemicals, or when you handle quantitiesof corrosive liquids.

• Exercise caution when handling a 30 per-cent or stronger solution of hydrogen peroxide, toprevent contamination. Wash the area thoroughlywith water if skin becomes contaminated.

• Do not handle mercury with your barehands.

• Do not taste laboratory chemicals.

• Smell a chemical only when it is necessaryand then, only by wafting a small amount of vaporwith the hand, toward the nose.

• If any acid contaminates your skin, rinsethe contaminated area thoroughly with water. Theaffects of strong acidic solution may be lessenedby applying sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) afterrinsing the area with water. Consult a physicianimmediately.

Storing Chemicals. To prevent personal injurywhen storing chemicals in the laboratory, the fol-lowing measures should be employed.

• Make sure that every container and bottleis properly labeled.

• Store heavy and large containers ofchemicals on or as near to the floor as possible.

• Do not fill a container with material otherthan that indicated on the label.

• Store a standard solution of an acid or abase to avoid contamination by atmospheric CO2

(see Figure 10-1, page 10-6).• Do not store oxidizing agents with reduc-

ing agents.• Do not store acids and bases together;

they will react with each other.• Do not place bottles containing acids or

alkalis on high shelves or on top of equipment.Store them on low shelves so they can be easilyreached.

• Store caustic soda solution and sulfuricacid in strong glass containers, never in galvanizediron drums.

• Keep all sample containers capped orplugged at all times, except when pouring out testportions. Always replace the same cap or stopperin the container from which it was removed.

• Hold the stopper of a reagent bottle be-tween two fingers of the pouring hand whenpouring from a bottle. Never lay the stopper on asurface that might be touched by personnel or theirgarments.

FM 10-67-2

7

• Keep reagent bottles stoppered tightly, anddry reagent bottles before replacing them on theshelf.

• Wipe up any acid that spills or splashes onbenches, tables, or floors.

• Dispose of all unlabeled and contaminatedchemicals IAW local environmental regulations orSOPs.

FM 10-67-2

7

Figure 10-1. Preparation of a carboy for storage of acidic and basic solutions

Handling Chemicals. To prevent personal in-jury and damage to surrounding areas while han-dling chemicals, the following measures should beemployed.

• Always pour acid into water, especiallysulfuric acid. Never pour water into acid.

• Use Pyrex glassware when diluting acids.Ordinary glassware may be broken by the heatgenerated from the mixture of acid and water.

• Never heat mercury in an open containerand never shake more than 20 millimeters of mer-cury in a glass container. If a spill occurs, ensureadequate ventilation.

• Hold the container cap in your free handwhen pouring a sample from a container or bottle.Never place the cap or stopper on a counter, as itmay contaminate the sample. Clean up the mer-cury and sulfur together and put them in a suitablecontainer for disposal IAW local environmentalregulations.

• If any chemical is spilled or splashed onthe body, immediately wash the contaminated areathoroughly with water.

• If a strong solution of tetraethyl lead isspilled, cover the spill with dry chloride of lime,CaOC12 … Sand or other noncombustible absorb-ent material may also be used. Wait 5 minutes forreaction to be completed. Flush off with waterand wash area with soap and water. If the solu-tion is spilled on clothing, remove clothing and dis-card contaminated articles. Do not attempt towash contaminated clothing for reuse. Collect allcontaminated absorbent materials and place theminto a suitable container for disposal IAW localenvironmental regulations or SOPs. Contact thelocal environmental office for further guidance onspill reporting, cleanup, and disposal procedures.

• Make certain that a supply of dilute (18%)acetic acid is available when a doctor test or alkaliwash is being performed. Use the dilute acidfreely on any part of the body, except the eyes,

that may be contaminated with doctor or causticsolution. If doctor or caustic solution should con-taminate the eyes, immediately wash out withwater and report to hospital.

WARNING: Mercury is a poisonous materialthat may enter the body by ingestion, inhalation, orskin absorption. Mercury has such density, highsurface tension, and low viscosity that pouringwithout splashing and spilling is almost impossible.When mercury is poured, always use a funnel andmake the transfer over spill trays. If a mercuryspill occurs, make sure there is adequate ventila-tion. Do not vacuum or sweep the area as this willdisperse mercury throughout the laboratory.Cover the spill with sulfur. Clean up the mercuryand sulfur together and discard them in a suitablecontainer. All spills must be reported to the localenvironmental office.

SUBSTITUTE SOLVENTS

Field conditions may require the substitutionof certain solvents. In this case, the commonsenserule of "like dissolves like" should be used. Whenin doubt as to the correct solvent to substitute,consult the ASTM test method. For example,toluene could possibly be substituted for benzene ina solvent capacity, but n-hexane would not servethe purpose.

HANDLING EXCESS CHEMICALS

Contaminated chemicals are useless. Do notplace spatulas and other objects in chemical con-tainers, as the spatula may contain foreign matterthat will cause contamination. Similarly, if excesschemicals or samples are removed from a con-tainer, do not put it back into the container. All

FM 10-67-2

10-8

used chemicals should have well-established rulesfor disposal.

HANDLING SOLUTIONS

Prepare a chromic acid cleaning solution byslowly adding 800 milliliters of concentrated sulfu-ric acid to 500 milliliters of a saturated solution ofpotassium di chromate and water. Prepare thesolution in a sink, using a Pyrex container orequivalent glassware. Although chromic acid is

more effective as a cleaning agent when it isheated, precaution should be taken to avoid boilingthe solution. If the solution develops a greenishcolor, it is useless and should be discarded.

WARNING: Handle the solution with extremecare to avoid personal injury. A face shield andrubber gloves should be used. Chromic acid is apowerful oxidizing agent.

To increase the rate of solution, use a hot-plate, not an open flame. Heat the solution in aPyrex container or equivalent glassware under afume hood. If a water-free solution is not neces-sary, dissolve the solute in a small quantity of wa-ter before adding it to the warm alcohol.(Alcoholic solutions have toxic and flammableproperties.)

WARNING: Never use high-temperature ovensto heat volatile fluids. An explosion may occurand injure personnel.

CONTROLLING PRESSURE ANDVACUUM

The following safety precautions should beobserved by all personnel while operating theair/vacuum systems.

• Handle cylinders of compressed gas withparticular care. Never allow cylinders to drop orbounce or to come in contact with fire, sparks, orelectrical circuits, as explosions may result.

(Because compressed-gas cylinders are made ofsteel, such explosions have the same destructiveeffect as a bomb burst.)

• Make sure that all store cylinders arecapped, are supported to prevent rolling or falling,and are stored away from heat.

• Always store and transport cylinders in anupright position.

• Never put oil or grease on the valves ofcylinders or pressure regulators (pressurized oxy-gen and oil can create an explosion).

• Do not exceed the pressure or tempera-ture that has been designated as the safe upperlimit for

the apparatus or equipment being used, Do notuse a cylinder without a regulator.

• Do not use faulty copper, plastic, or rubbertubing when performing operations requiring pres-sure or vacuum.

• Make sure that glass vacuum apparatus isproperly shielded when it is in use.

• Release pressure cautiously when usinggasoline bombs for tests. The bomb plug maystick momentarily and then blow out suddenly.

• Always wear goggles when opening airvalves that are close to the face.

• Store propane cylinders in the propanestorage locker, away from heat or ignition sources.

The following safety precautions should beobserved by all personnel handling chemical con-tainers.

• Make sure that chemical containers hav-ing vent caps are inspected, and containers that donot have vent caps are vented periodically.

• Keep containers of volatile liquids as coolas possible. Exercise caution in releasing anypressure that may have formed in the container.Always release the pressure gradually.

• Remove caps or stoppers periodically tovent the vapor. (The practice of venting contain-ers of volatile liquids does not apply to those sam-ples collected for vapor pressure tests.)

• Vent separator funnels frequently whenshaking volatile liquids. Always wrap the funnel

FM 10-67-2

10-9

with a rag when shaking an extremely volatile liq-uid.

Other laboratory equipment that requires safehandling procedures are discussed below.

• Glassware. Wash the apparatus with sol-vent, soapy water, tap water, or distilled water,and then allow to dry. If necessary use a cleaningsolution. When glassware is prepared for storage,the stopcocks should be free of grease. StoreTeflon stopcocks, or their equivalent, loosely in thebarrel and keep them free of grease. Wrap glassstopcocks with a strip of paper for long-term stor-age to avoid fusing of surfaces such as glass stop-pers in flasks.

• Crucibles. Mark crucibles permanently

with ink manufactured for this purpose. India inkor pencil markings cannot withstand the high tem-perature crucibles may be exposed to and cannotbe used for this purpose.

• Pipets. Before using, inspect pipets fordamage to the tip. Use a suction bulb, not themouth, to draw the liquid up to a point above theetched line. Remove the bulb and rub thumbacross the orifice, letting the meniscus drop to aposition where its lowest point coincides with theetched line. Touch the tip to a smooth surface toremove any remaining drop. Allow liquid to draininto an appropriate container. Touch the tip to theside of the glass to ensure complete drainage.Pipets marked TD should not have the remainingdrops blown out upon drainage.

• Spatulas. Use steel spatulas only whennecessary. A small, clean sheet of paper will of-ten serve the same purpose and can be disposedof after use.

• Centrifuge and Centrifuge Tubes. Do notopen the centrifuge enclosure while the centrifugeis in operation. Centrifuge tubes positioned oppo-site each other must not differ in weight by morethan 1 gram.

• Separatory funnels. Hold separatory fun-nels with the palm of the left hand, securing thestopper firmly in place. Use the right hand to op-erate the stopcock. When the stopcock is openedfor venting, the outlet should be directed away

from the operator for safety reasons. Remove thestopper for rapid drainage.

• Corks. Bore corks on a soft wood surfaceafter softening the cork with a roller. When in-serting glass tubing or thermometers into corks,wrap the glass in a cloth and hold it as near to thecork as possible. Use water or glycerin as a lubri-cant. Fire-polish edges of glass tubing to avoidinjury to laboratory personnel. Use corks in pref-erence to rubber stoppers because corks are eas-ier to bore and are less reactive.

• Thermometers. The mercury in ther-mometers may contain bubbles. To remove thebubbles, carefully heat the bulb so that the mer-cury line slowly extends the length of the instru-ment; then slowly cool the thermometer.

• Ventilation and Fume Hoods. Make surethat the laboratory is ventilated adequately and thatfume hoods are operating properly. Use fumehood when working with toxic vapors. Leave thearea immediately if a material that gives off toxicvapors is spilled. Return to the area only after ithas been ventilated, or if fresh-air respirators havebeen obtained.

CONTROLLING FUMES

The following safety precautions are pre-sented to aid in controlling toxic fumes.

• Make sure the laboratory is properly ven-tilated and the fume hoods are operating properly.The supply room, where chemicals are stored,must also be adequately ventilated.

• Always work in a fume hood when usingbenzene, aniline, bromine water, or other materialsproducing toxic vapors.

• Perform all gas alarm system tests andcalibrations as specified to ensure proper operationof system.

• If any material is spilled which gives offtoxic fumes, all personnel should leave the areaimmediately and return only after the area hasbeen adequately purged, or after suitable breathingequipment has been obtained.

ELECTRICAL SAFETY

FM 10-67-2

10-10

The following electrical safety precautionsapply to all operators and maintenance personnelfor the petroleum laboratories.

• Equipment producing a tingle sensationshould be reported promptly for repair.

• Keep the use of extension cords to aminimum and the cords as short as possible.

• Be sure insulation and wire size are ade-quate for the voltage and current to be carried.

• Work on electrical devices should be doneafter the power has been disconnected or shut off,and suitable precautions taken to keep the poweroff during the work.

• If it is necessary to work on “live” electri-cal equipment, the person doing so must be fullyknowledgeable and have a second person presentwho is trained in first aid. Never work on “live”equipment alone.

• Wear safety glasses or a face shieldwhere sparks or arcing may occur.

• Never use metallic pencils or rulers, orwear rings or watches when working on electricalequipment.

• Avoid using or storing flammable liquidsnear electrical equipment.

Section II. Laboratory Analysis Reporting

GENERAL

Laboratory administrative procedures dis-cussed in this section are not mandatory. They areincluded only as suggested methods of accountingfor samples received for the following purposes:

• Testing.• Initiating the analysis reports.• Assigning routine and special tests to

laboratory technicians.• Recording test results.• Reporting test results to requesting agen-

cies with recommendations for use, reclamation,downgrading, or other disposition.

PETROLEUM SAMPLE TAG FILE

The petroleum sample tag should be detached(at the perforation) from the sample container atthe time of receipt. The laboratory number is as-signed serially from the laboratory logbook, andpreliminary information about the sample is re-corded in the logbook. This information includesthe sample number, date sampled, unit submittingsample, laboratory number, grade of product,specification, source of sample, quantity repre-sented, date received, date test started, date testcompleted, and remarks.

PETROLEUM LABORATORY ANALYSISREPORT

Recording Analyses. The senior laboratorytechnician transfers information on the sample tagto the heading of a DA Form 2077 (see Figure 10-2). The sample tag is then returned to the cardfile.

The technician refers to the product specificationto determine the tests to be performed and recordslimits on the DA Form 2077 work copy. He thensends this information by informal memorandumsto the technicians. The memorandums are identi-fied by the laboratory number of the analysis re-port. Work copies of all analysis reports in processare arranged by laboratory report number and at-tached to a clip board kept in a central location.Notebooks may be kept by laboratory techniciansto record test data. When a test or a series ofidentical tests are completed, the technicians turnin results to the senior technician. The senior tech-nician reviews each complete work copy for com-pletion of required tests and test accuracy. Theresults are recorded on the work copy. He thenmakes a recommendation for disposition and givesit to the laboratory NCOIC for review/approval.The NCOIC reviews the test results, comparesthem with use limits for the product, and decides

FM 10-67-2

10-11

whether the product represented by the samplecan be safely used for its intended purpose. If alluse limits have been met, the product is approvedfor use. The approval is indicated on the bottom ofthe report with or without a time limitation, as ap-propriate.

Processing. A typed report is prepared fromthe approved work copy. The senior techniciansends the report, including enough copies to satisfy

interested agencies, to the requesting agency. Thetechnician also provides a copy for the laboratory.The original is forwarded to the requesting agency.A carbon copy of the typed report, the work copy,and the sample tag are fastened together andplaced in a permanent file for future reference.

FM 10-67-2

10-11

Figure 10-2. DA Form 2077

FM 10-67-2

10-12

Recommendations for Disposition. If theproduct should not be used for its intended pur-pose, an alternative use must be considered andsuitable recommendations made. The report shouldinclude the following information:

• Probable cause of product not meeting uselimits.

• Nature and probable cause or source ofcontamination.

• Suggestions for preventing future con-tamination or deterioration.

• Recommendations for reclamation orother disposition of the product.

• On grade—Sample meets all specificationrequirements and can be retained for long storage.

• Suitable for use—Product is either dete-riorated or contaminated to the point where one ormore tests do not meet specification requirementsbut meet use limits (MILHDBK-200). Productshould be used as soon as possible.

• Not suitable for use—Product fails tomeet one or more use limits or specification re-quirement that has no use limit. Product must bedowngraded or blended as recommended andretested before use.

TESTING

Correlation Testing. Correlation testing maybe done by sending identical samples to two ormore laboratories. These laboratories use thesame apparatus in performing the tests. Correla-tion testing may also be done by having two ormore technicians within a given laboratory performtests on identical samples using the same appara-tus under controlled conditions. Another way oftesting is to have a single technician perform dupli-cate tests on identical material using the same ap-paratus under controlled conditions. Results shouldnot differ by more than those specified in the testmethod. The first two procedures are checks onreproducibility, the third is a check on repeatability.

Equipment Calibration. Results of all testsare dependent on calibrated equipment. MostArmy

equipment requiring calibration is listed in TB 43-180. Also, the calibration frequency and standardfor test equipment is specified in the applicable testmethods. Internally, the laboratory should verifycalibration more frequently than TB 43-180 re-quires.

• C-level calibration procedures. C-levelcalibration will be performed by qualified labora-tory personnel assigned to the laboratory.

• Analytical balance. The electric balance isa single-arm balance and has a weighing capacityof 100 grams. When the balance is provided withthe manual taring accessories, the weighing ca-pacity is increased to 150 grams. The precision(standard deviation) of the balance is plus or minus0.05 milligrams; digital readability is 0.1 milligrams;and accuracy in the optical range is plus or minus0.05 milligrams. ASTM E 319 procedures are rec-ommended for evaluating performance and veri-fying the accuracy of the balance. These proce-dures determine the precision that a balance cancompare known weight loads; that is, the built-inweights of the balance and a known weight load.Section 5, ASTM E 319, outlines procedures forpreparing the balance for evaluation and section 8outlines procedures for evaluating balance accu-racy. A precision weight set (class S) is used toevaluate balance performance. The verificationand evaluation of the balance are performed byoperating personnel. The double beam balancemay be evaluated using the above procedures. Thestandard deviation of the double balance is plus orminus 0.1 grams.

• Manometer. The manometer is used toverify the accuracy of the RVP gauges. Mercuryis used as the indicating fluid. The manometer isequipped with a double scale graduated in inchesof mercury and psi. The scale has provisions forzero adjustment. The scale must be adjusted to thezero position prior to verifying gage accuracy. Theaccuracy of the manometer is verified by using acertified master gage with a range of zero to 15psi graduated in increments of 0.1 psi and an accu-racy of plus or minus 0.05 percent. RecommendedA-level calibration frequency is 180 days.

• RVP gages. The RVP gages must beverified for accuracy after each test when deter-

FM 10-67-2

10-13

mining vapor pressure of MOGAS. When deter-mining the vapor pressure of aviation fuels(AVGAS and turbine engine fuel), operating per-sonnel verify the gage for accuracy before andafter each test. The accuracy of RVP gages isverified by using the manometer. When the gagereading and the manometer reading differ by 1percent or less; that is, the gage correction factoris not greater than 0.05 psi for 5-pound gages or0.15 psi for 15-pound gages, the gage is consid-ered accurate. However, if the readings differ bymore than 1 percent, the gauge is considered inac-curate and must be repaired or replaced.

• Thermometers. The routine laboratorythermometers, ASTM 9 F, 12 F, and 58 F, have

scales including 32°F and are verified for accu-racyby determining the ice point. ASTM 18 F is veri-fied at 100°F. ASTM 7 F, low distillation ther-mometer, is verified for accuracy at 200°F.ASTM 10 F, high range thermometer, is verifiedfor accuracy at 212°F. ASTM 7 F, 10 F, and 18F are verified for accuracy by direct comparisonwith a certified precision thermometer. The twocertified precision thermometers (ASTM 64 F and68 F) are certified by the A-level calibration facil-ity. The precision thermometers must be certifiedat 360-day intervals. The error of the certifiedthermometers must not be more than the maxi-mum scale error of the specification (ASTM E-1).

Section III. Standard Publications and Forms

GENERAL

Publications that describe the acceptablemilitary procedures for testing and evaluating thequality of a petroleum product are essential for usein a petroleum laboratory. The latest editions, withall change notices and current petroleum productspecifications, must be on hand at all times to beused by laboratory personnel.

MILITARY STANDARDIZATIONHANDBOOK FOR FUELS, LUBRICANTS,

AND RELATED PRODUCTS(MIL-HDBK-200)

This handbook provides general instructionsand minimum procedures to be used worldwide bythe military services in QS of US government-owned fuels, lubricants, and related products. Theprocedures described in MIL-HDBK-200 includeQS testing and use limits, minimum sampling andtesting requirements, types of tests required onvarious petroleum products, and storage and trans-portation requirements.

FEDERAL TEST METHODSTANDARD NO. 791

FTMS No. 791 covers methods adopted foruse by federal agencies in testing lubricants, liquidfuels, and related products. Only the federal testmethods without adopted ASTM test standardsare included in the publication. The federal stan-dard has both alphabetic and numeric indexes oftest methods. These list both the federal test des-ignation and the corresponding ASTM test desig-nation. New and revised federal test material andcancellation are issued as change notices by theGeneral Services Administration. These are num-bered consecutively and dated. Laboratoriesshould retain all change notices until superseded bya reissue of the entire federal standard.

ASTM STANDARDS 23, 24, 25, AND 47

FM 10-67-2

10-14

The ASTM standards 23, 24, 25, and 47 arepublished annually and contain test methods forpetroleum products.

DFSCH 4120.1, REFERENCE LIST OFSPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS

This list shows all current petroleum specifi-cations and is published periodically by the De-fense Fuel Supply Center.

DOD MANUAL 4140.25-M, PROCEDURESFOR THE MANAGEMENT OF

PETROLEUM PRODUCTS

This manual covers procedures for manage-ment of DOD-owned petroleum stock.

AR 715-27 (DLAM 4155.1), PETROLEUMPROCUREMENT QUALITY ASSURANCE

MANUAL

This manual covers all areas of petroleumQA.

FORMS

The following forms may be used in a petro-leum laboratory.

• DA Form 285 (US Army Accident Inves-tigation Report.

• DA Form 1804 (Petroleum Sample). SeeFigure 9-4.

• DA Form 2077 (Petroleum ProductsLaboratory Analysis Report). See Figure 10-2.

• DA Form 2404 (Equipment Inspection andMaintenance Worksheet).

• DA Form 2407 (Maintenance Request).• DD Form 250 (Material Inspection and

Receiving Report). See Figure 10-3.• DD Form 250-1 (Material Inspection and

Receiving Report - Continuation Sheet). See Fig-ure 10-4.

• DD Form 314 (Preventive MaintenanceSchedule and Record).

• DD Form 1425 (Specifications and Stan-dards Requisition).

• SF 361 (Discrepancy in Shipment Report).

FM 10-67-2

10-15

MATERIAL INSPECTION AND RECEIVING REPORT

23. CONTRACTOR USE ONLY

1 9130-00-031-5816 Turbine Fuel, Aviation,

Grade JP-8, Kerosene type, MIL-T-83133 0

7. PAGE

1

* I f q u a n t i t y r e c e i v e d b y t h e G o v e r n m e n t i s t h es a m e a s q u a n t i t y s h i p p e d , i n d i c a t e b y (

4. B/L

2 0 .

A M O U N T

1 8 .

U N I T

bbl

1 6 . S T O C K / P A R T N O . DESCRIPTION

( I n d i c a t e n u m b e r o f s h i p p i n g c o n t a i n e r s - t y p e o f c o n t a i n e r - c o n t a i n e r n u m b e r . )

A . OR IG IN

1 5 .

I T E MNO.

Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering andmaintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information,including suggestions for reducing this burden, to Department of Defense, Washington Headquarters Services, Directorate for Information Operations and Reports, 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway,Suite 1204, Ar l ington, VA 22202-4302, and to the Off ice of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduct ion Project (0704-0248), Washington, DC 20503.

1. PROC. INSTRUMENT IDEN. (CONTRACT) DSA-owned stock

6. INVOICE NO./DATE

2. SHIPMENT NO. 00012

5. DISCOUNT TERMS

DD Form 250 , NOV 92 USAPPC V2.00

Form Approved O M B N o . 0 7 0 4 - 0 2 4 8

8. ACCEPTANCE POINT

S(ORDER) NO.

3. DATE SHIPPED 30 Aug XX

TCN AZ40ZZ81930044XXX

13. SHIPPED TO TANK FARM

209TH SUPPLY CO

APO AE 09227

11. SHIPPED FROM (If other than 9)

BULK STORAGE FACILITY

APO AE 09345

FOB:

14. MARKED FOR

12. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY

10. ADMINISTERED BY 9. PRIME CONTRACTOR

P r e v i o u s e d i t i o n m a y b e u s e d .

1 9 .

UNIT PRICE

1 7 .

Q U A N T I T YS H I P / R E C ' D *

5,000

C O N T R A C T Q U A L I T Y A S S U R A N C E2 1 . 2 2 . RECEIVER'S USE

Q u a n t i t i e s s h o w n i n c o l u m n 1 7 w e r e r e c e i v e di n a p p a r e n t g o o d c o n d i t i o n e x c e p t a s n o t e d .

DATE RECEIVED SIGNATURE OF AUTH GOVT REP

TYPED NAME

AND OFFICE

B . D E S T I N A T I O N

h a s b e e n m a d e b y m e o r u n d e r m y s u p e r -

v i s i o n a n d t h e y c o n f o r m t o c o n t r a c t , e x c e p tas no ted he re i n o r on suppo r t i ng documen ts .

C Q A A C C E P T A N C E o f l i s t e d i t e m s C Q A A C C E P T A N C E o f l i s t e d i t e m sh a s b e e n m a d e b y m e o r u n d e r m y s u p e r v i s i o n a n d

t h e y c o n f o r m t o c o n t r a c t , e x c e p t a s n o t e d h e r e i no r o n s u p p o r t i n g d o c u m e n t s .

TYPED NAME

AND OFFICE

TYPED NAME

AND TIITLE

CODE

CODE

CODE

CODE

CODE

CODE

DATE SIGNATURE OF AUTH GOVT REPDATE SIGNATURE OF AUTH GOVT REP

1OF

i f d i f f e r e n t , e n t e r a c t u a l q u a n t i t y r e c e i v e d b e l o wq u a n t i t y s h i p p e d a n d e n c i r c l e .

) m a r k ,

PLEASE DO NOT RETURN YOUR COMPLETED FORM TO E ITHER OF THESE ADDRESSES. S E N D T H I S F O R M I N A C C O R D A N C E W I T H T H E I N S T R U C T I O N S C O N T A I N E D I N T H E D F A R S , A P P E N D I X F - 4 0 1 .

Figure 10-3. DD Form 250

FM 10-67-2

10-16

Figure 10-4. DD Form 250-1

FM 10-67-2

A-1

APPENDIX A

Petroleum Laboratories

Figure A-1. Mobile petroleum laboratory

FM 10-67-2

A-2

Figure A-2. Airmobile petroleum laboratory

FM 10-67-2

B-1

APPENDIX B

Test Man-Hours for Type of Fuel

Man hours for each type of test are based on the applicable test method. The hours cited for aparticular test are for one individual to set up the laboratory test equipment, perform the test,report and file the results, and clean and put away the equipment, under normal operatingconditions.

Table B-1. Test man hours for type of fuel

CharacteristicsApproximateMan-Hours

TestType B1

TestType B2

TestType B3

TestType C

TYPES OF TEST REQUIREDON AIRCRAFT TURBINE FUELSWater and Solids 10 minutes X X X XColor (visual) 10 minutes X X X XSpecific or API Gravity 20 minutes X X X XSolids (Millipore) Particulate 2 hrs., 50

minX X X

ContaminationDistillation 1 hr., 30 min X X XCopper Strip Corrosion 3 hrs., 50

minX X X

Freezing Point 1 hour X X XExistent Gum 8 hours X X XReid Vapor Pressure 2 hours X X XFlash Point 45 minutes X X XWater Reaction 30 minutes X X XLead Content (if contaminationwith leaded fuels is suspected)

1 hr., 30 min X X X

Fuel System Icing Inhibitor(FSII)

1 hour X X X

Filtration Time (JP-4, JP-8) 2 hrs., 50min

X X X

Water Separation Index (mini)30 minutes X X XConductivity (JP-4, JP-8) 10 minutes X X XThermal Stability (D 3241) 8 hours XTotal Acid in Aviation Fuel 1 hour XColor (Saybolt) 15 minutes XPeroxide Number (JP-5) 30 minutes X

FM 10-67-2

B-2

Table B-1. Test man hours by type of fuel (continued)

CharacteristicsApproximateMan-Hours

TestType B1

TestType B2

TestType B3

TestType C

TYPES OF TESTS REQUIRED ONAUTOMOTIVE GASOLINEAppearance 10 minutes X X X XWater and Solids (visual) 10 minutes X X X XColor (visual) 10 minutes X X X XSpecific or API Gravity 20 minutes X X X XDistillation 1 hr., 30 min X X XReid Vapor Pressure 2 hours X XCopper Strip Corrosion 3 hrs, 50 ,min X XUnwashed Gum 8 hours X XOxidation Stability 8 hours XLead Content 6 hours X

TYPES OF TESTS REQUIREDON DIESEL FUELSAppearance 10 minutes X X X XColor (visual) 10 minutes X X X XSpecific or API Gravity 20 minutes X X X XDistillation 1 hr, 30 min X XFlash Point 45 minutes X X X XCarbon Residue 2 hours X XCloud Point 1 hour XPour Point 1 hour XCorrosion 2 hrs, 50 min XCetane Index 10 minutes XViscosity 2 hours XWater and Sediment byCentrifuge

30 minutes X

Solids, Millipore, ParticulateContamination

2 hrs, 50 min X X

FM 10-67-2

C-1

APPENDIX C

Conversion Charts

AREATo Convert To MultiplyBy

Acres SquareFeet.......................43,560

SquareYards.......................4,840

SquareMiles...................0.0015625

SquareMeter...................4,046.873

Hectares.......................0.4046873

Hectares SquareYards...................11,959.85

Acres............................2.47104Square

Miles....................0.003861Square

Meters.....................10,000Square

Kilometers...................0.01Square

Feet......................107,600

Square Centimeters SquareFeet.....................0.001076

SquareInches.....................0.1550

SquareMeters.....................0.0001

Square Miles.................3.861 x10-11

SquareMillimeters...................100

SquareYards....................0.000196

FM 10-67-2

C-2

Square FeetAcres..........................0.0000296

SquareCentimeters.................929.0

SquareMeters....................0.09290

SquareInches......................144.0

SquareYards.....................0.11111

Square Miles..................3.587 x10-8

Square Millimeters.............9.29 x104

Square Inches SquareCentimeters.................6.452

SquareFeet.......................0.6944

SquareMillimeters.................645.2

SquareYards....................0.000716

Square KilometersAcres..............................247.1

SquareCentimeters....................1010

Square Feet...................10.76 x106

Square Inches.................1.550 x109

SquareMeters.........................106

SquareMiles......................0.3861

Square Yards..................1.196 x106

To Convert To MultiplyBy

Square MetersAcres..........................0.0002471

SquareCentimeters................10,000

SquareFeet........................10.76

FM 10-67-2

C-3

SquareInches......................1,550

Square Miles..................3.861 x10-7 SquareMillimeters....................106SquareYards.......................1.196

Square MilesAcres.............................640.00Square Feet...................27.88 x

106 SquareKilometers..................2.590Square Meters.................2.590 x106 Square Yards..................3.098 x106

Square Yards Acres..........................0.0002066Square

Centimeters.................8,361SquareFeet..........................9.0SquareInches......................1,296SquareMeters.....................0.8361Square Miles..................3.228 x10-7 Square Millimeters............8.361 x105

FLOW

Barrels per Day Gallons perhour....................1.75Gallons perminute................0.0292

Barrels per Hour Cubic Feet perMinute.............0.0936Gallons perMinute...................0.7

Gallons per Hour Cubic Feet perHour...............0.1337Cubic Feet perMinute...........0.002228Gallons perMinute..............0.016667

Gallons per Minute Barrels perDay..................34.2857Barrels perHour..................1.4286Barrels perMinute...............0.02381Cubic Feet perDay................192.50Cubic Feet perMinute.............0.1337Gallons perDay..................1,440.0Liters perSecond.................0.6308Cubic Feet perSecond...........0.002228To Convert To MultiplyBy

Cubic Feet per Minute Gallons perSecond................0.1247Liters perSecond.................0.4720

FM 10-67-2

C-4

Cubic Centimeters perSecond.......472.0

Cubic Feet per Second Million Gallons perDay.........0.646317 Gallons perMinute...............448.831

Cubic Yards per Minute Cubic Feet perSecond...............0.45Gallons perSecond.................3.367Liters perSecond..................12.74

Liters per Minute Cubic Feet perSecond..........0.0005886Gallons perSecond..............0.004403

LENGTH

CentimetersFeet.............................0.03281Inches............................0.3937Kilometers........................1 x

10-5

Meters..............................0.01Miles.........................6.214 x10-6

Millimeters.........................10.0Mils...............................393.7Yards............................0.01094Microns...........................10,000

FeetCentimeters........................30.48Kilometers.....................0.0003048Meters............................0.3048Miles

(Nautical)...............0.0001645Miles(Statute)................0.0001894

Millimeters........................304.8Mils..............................12,000Microns...........................30,480

To Convert To MultiplyByKilometers

Centimeters.......................1 x 105

Feet...............................3,281Inches............................39,370

FM 10-67-2

C-5

Meters.............................1,000Miles.............................0.6214Millimeters...........................106

Yards..............................1,094

LeagueMiles..................................3

MetersCentimeters..........................100Feet...............................3.281Inches.............................39.37Kilometers.........................0.001Miles

(Nautical)...............0.0005396Miles(Statute)................0.0006214

Millimeters........................1,000Yards..............................1.094Microns...........................1 x

106

Miles (Nautical)Feet............................6,080.27Kilometers.........................1.853Meters...........................1,853.0Miles

(Statute)...................1.1516Yards..............................2,027

Miles (Statute)Centimeters...................1.609 x 105

Feet...............................5,280Inches............................63,360Kilometers.........................1.609Meters...........................1,609.0Miles

(Nautical)..................0.8684Yards..............................1,760

MillimetersCentimeters..........................0.1Feet............................0.003281Inches...........................0.03937Kilometers............................10-6

Meters.............................0.001Miles.........................6.214 x10-7

Mils...............................39.37Yards...........................0.001094Microns............................1,000

To Convert To MultiplyByMicrons Centimeters.......................1 x10-4 Inches........................3.937 x10-5 Meters............................1 x10-6

FM 10-67-2

C-6

Yards (US)Centimeters......................91.4402Fathoms............................

0.03Feet...................................3Inches................................36Meters............................0.9144Miles.......................5.68182 x

10-4

VOLUME

Barrels (US) USGallons............................42CubicInches.......................9,702CubicFeet........................5.6146ImperialGallons.................34.9726

Liters...........................158.984CubicMeters.....................0.15899

Cubic Centimeters Cubic Feet....................3.531 x10-5 CubicInches.....................0.06102CubicMeters..........................10-6Cubic Yards...................1,308 x10-6 Gallons (USLiquid)............0.0002642

Liters.............................0.001Pints (USLiquid)...............0.002113Quarts (USLiquid)..............0.001057

Cubic Feet CubicCentimeters..............28,320.00CubicInches....................1,728.00CubicMeters.....................0.02832CubicYards......................0.03704Gallons (USLiquid)..............7.48052

Liters.............................28.32Pints (USLiquid)..................59.84Quarts (USLiquid).................29.92

To Convert To MultiplyByCubic Inches CubicCentimeters..................16.39Cubic Feet....................5.787 x10-4 CubicMeters.....................0.02832

FM 10-67-2

C-7

Cubic Yards...................2.143 x10-5 CubicGallons...................0.004329

Liters...........................0.01639Mil Feet......................1.061 x105 Pints (USLiquid)................0.03463Quarts (USLiquid)...............0.01732

Cubic Meters Bushels(dry)......................28.38Cubic Centimeters.................1 x106 CubicFeet.........................35.31CubicInches......................61.023CubicYards........................1.308Gallons (USLiquid)................264.2

Liters.............................1,000Pints (USLiquid)................2,113.0Quarts (USLiquid)...............1,057.0

Cubic Yards Cubic Centimeters.............7.646 x105 CubicFeet..........................27.0CubicInches......................46,656CubicMeters......................0.7646CubicGallons......................202.0

Liters.............................764.6Pints (USLiquid)................1,615.9

Gallons (Imperial) Quarts (USLiquid).................807.9CubicInches......................277.42CubicFeet......................0.160544USGallons.......................1.20094USBarrels......................0.028594

Liters...........................4.54596CubicMeters....................0.004546

Gallons (US) CubicCentimeters................3,785.0CubicFeet........................0.1337CubicInches.......................231.0CubicMeters....................0.003785CubicYards.....................0.004951

Liters.............................3.785Pints................................8.0Quarts...............................4.0

To Convert To MultiplyByGills

Liters............................0.1183Pints(Liquid)......................0.25

FM 10-67-2

C-8

Liters Bushels (USDry).................0.02838CubicCentimeters................1,000.0CubicFeet.......................0.03531CubicInches.......................61.02CubicMeters.......................0.001CubicYards.....................0.001308Gallons (USLiquid)...............0.2642Pints (USLiquid)..................2.113Quarts (USLiquid).................1.057

FORCE

Pounds per Square Inch Kilograms per SquareInch......703.06687 Inch ofMercury.................2.036009Feet ofWater...................2.306009

Atmospheres....................0.0680457Kilograms per SquareCentimeter...0.7036

KGs per Square Meter Pounds per SquareInch........0.00142234 Pounds per SquareFoot.........0.2048169 Inch ofMercury................0.0028959Feet ofWater................0.003280833

WEIGHT

PoundsGrams.............................453.59Kilograms..........................45359Ounces

(Avoirdupois)..................16Ounces(Troy)....................14.5833Long Tons....................4.4643 x10-4 Short Tons........................5 x10-4

Short TonsKilograms........................907.185Long

Tons.......................0.892857MetricTons.....................0.907185

Pounds.............................2,000

To Convert To MultiplyByKilograms

Pounds...........................2.20462ShortTons.....................0.0011023MetricTons........................0.001

FM 10-67-2

C-9

Long Tons.....................9.842 x10-4

Long TonsKilogram........................1,016.05Metric

Tons......................1.01605Pounds.............................2,240Short

Tons..........................1.12

Metric TonsKilogram...........................1,000Long

Tons........................0.98421Pounds...........................2,204.6Short

Tons.......................1.10231

FM 10-67-2

D-1

APPENDIX D

POSSIBLE CAUSES OF CONTAMINATION/DETERIORATION

TEST RESULTS POSSIBLE CONTAMINANT POSSIBLE DETERIORATION FACTOR

API Gravity is high Commingling with a lighter productAPI Gravity is low Commingling with a heavier product Loss of light ends (weathering)Visual color changes Commingling with another product Loss of color additivesDistillations, IBP + 10% is low Commingling with a lighter productDistillation, 90%, FBP and residue is high Commingling with a heavier productDistillation, IBP + 10% is high Loss of light endsOxidation Stability is low Weathering/oxidationReid Vapor Pressure is high Commingling with a lighter productReid Vapor Pressure is low Loss of light ends (weathering)Existent Gum is high and oily Commingling with a heavier productExistent Gum is high and dry(does not specify “OILY”)

The formation of excess gum throughoxidation

Freezing Point fails Commingling with a heavier productFlash Point is low Commingling with a lighter productFuel System Icing Inhibitor (FSII)is low

Contaminant with water (loss of additive)

Visiscosity is low Commingling with a lighter productViscosity is high Commingling with a heavier productOctane Number is low Loss of additive (TELS)Filtration time is high Commingling with a heavier product, water,

or sediment

Table D-1. Possible causes of contamination/deterioration

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-1

GLOSSARY

Section I. Acronyms and Abbreviations

AA air assaultABN airborneAC alternating currentAFC aviation fuel contaminationAL AlabamaAMC United States Army Materiel CommandAPAP Air Pollution Abatement ProgramAPI American Petroleum InstituteAR Army regulationARM armoredARNG Army Reserve National GuardASTM American Society for Testing and MaterialsATTN attentionAVGAS aviation gasolineAVN aviationBN battalionBOE Bureau of ExplosivesC6H5COOH benzoic acidC carbon; celsiusCA CaliforniaCFR Code of Federal RegulationCHEMWARN chemical warningCO companyCOC Cleveland Open CupCONUS continental United StatesCOMMZ communications zonecST centistokesCU conductivity unitDA Department of the ArmyDC District of ColumbiaDCMC Defense Contract Management CommandDCMCI Defense Contract Management Command InternationalDD Department of DefenseDFA Diesel Fuel ArcticDFM Diesel Fuel MarineDFP decimal fractional purityDFR defense fuel regionDFSC Defense Fuel Supply CenterDIEGME diethylene glycol monemethyl etherDIV divisionDLA Defense Logistics AgencyDOD Department of Defense

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-2

DODISS Department of Defense Index of Specifications and StandardsEGME ethylene glycol monomethyl etherEMP electromagnetic pulseEPA Environmental Protection AgencyEVAP evaporationF FahrenheitFM field manualFOB free on boardFSB Forward Support BattalionFSC federal supply classificationFSII fuel system icing inhibitorFTMS Federal Test Method Standardg gram(s)GA Georgiagal gallon(s)GEN GeneralGP groupH2C2O4 oxalic acidH2C2O4.2H2O oxalic acid dihydrateH2S hydrogen sulfideHDBK handbookH&F hard and flintyHQ headquartershr hourhrs hoursHVY heavyIAW in accordance withI.D. inside diameterINF infantryIPB initial boiling pointIQUE In-Plant Quality EvaluationJFTOT jet fuel thermal oxidation testerJP jet propulsionJPO Joint Petroleum OfficeKHP potassium biphthalate, potassium acid phthalate; potassium hydrogen

phthalateKHCO3 potassium bicarbonateKW kilowattKY KentuckyLAB laboratoryL&F loose and flakyLCL lower combustible limitLIN line item numberM molarityMACOM major Army commandMBPL modular base petroleum laboratoryMECH mechanizedMEW milliequivalent weight

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-3

mg milligramMgC12 magnesium chlorideMIL militaryMIL-HDBK military handbookMIL-STD military standardmin minute(s)ml milliliterMOGAS motor gasolineMOPP mission-oriented protective postureMOS military occupational specialtyMSB Main Support BattalionMSDS Material Safety Data SheetMSEP microseparameterN notification; normalityNa2B4O7.10H2O boraxNa2CO3 sodium carbonateNa2C2O4 sodium oxalateNA not applicableNATO North Atlantic Treaty OrganizationNCO noncommissioned officerNCOIC noncommissioned officer in chargeNBC nuclear, biological, chemicalNC North CarolinaNH2SO3H sulfamic acidNLGI National Lubricating Grease InstituteNo numberNSN national stock numberNUCWARN nuclear warningOCONUS outside continental United StatesO.D. outside diameterOHSA Occupational Health and Safety Act1M one molar; one molar1N one normalOP operationsoz ounce(s)PA PennsylvaniaPETRL petroleumPGF petroleum ground fuelspH potential of hydrogenPL pipelinePLL prescribed load listPOC point of contactPOL petroleum, oils, and lubricantsPQAR petroleum quality assurance representativePQAS Petroleum Quality Analysis Systempsi pounds per square inchpS/m picosienebs per meterQA quality assurance

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-4

QAR quality assurance representativeQC quality controlQM quartermasterQPL quality products listQS quality surveillanceRVP Reid Vapor PressureS4 Supply Officer (US Army)SAE Society of Automotive EngineersSAPO subarea petroleum officeSC supply catalogSDA static dissipating additiveSF standard formSFS Saybolt Furol Viscosity in Saybolt Furol secondsSG sampling and gaugingSOP standing operating procedureSTANAG Standardization AgreementSTD standardSUP supply; supportSUS Saybolt Universal Viscosity in secondsT12CO3 thallous carbonateTB technical bulletinTD to deliverTDA tables of distribution and allowancesTEL tetraetyl leadTEMP temperatureTERM terminalTM technical manualTMDE Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic EquipmentTOE tables of organization and equipmentTPT tactical petroleum terminalTROSCOM United States Army Troop Support CommandTX TexasUS United States (of America)USACASCOM United States Army Combined Arms CommandUSAF United States Air ForceUSAPC United States Army Petroleum CenterUSAR United States Army ReserveUST underground storage tankVA VirginiaVA VirginiaVI viscosity indexWSIM water separation index, modified

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-5

Section II. Terms

accelerated gum test A test to determine theamount of gum and lead precipitate formedin aviation fuels as a result of acceleratedoxidation or aging. Potential gum is theamount of residue obtained by evaporatingthe fuel at the end of the specified agingperiod.

acid A chemical compound usually having asour taste and capable of neutralizing alkalisand turning blue litmus paper red.

acidity The amount of free acid in a substance.

additive An agent used for improving existingcharacteristics or for imparting newcharacteristics to certain petroleum products.

alkylate The product obtained in the alkylationprocess. Chemically, it is a complexmolecule of the paraffin series, formed bythe introduction of an alkyl radical into anorganic compound.

all-levels sample A sample taken by loweringa closed sampler to the drawoff level of atank, opening the sampler, and raising it at auniform rate so that it is between 75 and 85percent full when it emerges from the liquid.

American Petroleum Institute (API) Theinstitute represents and is supported by thepetroleum industry. It standardizes the toolsand equipment used by the industry andpromotes the advancement of research inthe petroleum field.

American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) A national scientific technicalorganization formed for the development ofstandards or characteristics performance ofmaterials, products, systems, and servicesand the promotion of related knowledge.

aneroid barometer A barometer in which theaction of the atmospheric pressure bending ametal surface is made to move a pointer.

antifoam agent An additive used in somelubricating oils to control foam.

antiknock Resistance to detonation or pingingin spark-ignition engines.

antiknock agent A chemical compound suchas tetraethyllead which, when added insmall amounts to the fuel charge of aninternal-combustion engine, tends to lessenknocking.

antioxidant A chemical added to gasoline,lubricating oil, and certain other petroleumproducts to inhibit oxidation.

API Gravity An arbitrary scale expressing thegravity or density of liquid petroleumproducts. The measuring scale is calibratedin terms of degrees API. The gravity of anypetroleum product is corrected to 60°F(16°C). (See Specific Gravity.)

appearance Refers to the visual examinationof fuels. The terms used to describeappearance are clear and bright, hazy andcloudy.

aromatic (noun) One of a broad class ofunsaturated hydrocarbons that ischaracterized by the ring structure of itsmolecules.

aromatic (adjective) Derived from, orcharacterized by, the benzene ring.

ash content The percent by weight of residueleft after combustion of a sample of fuel oilor other petroleum oil.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-6

atmospheric pressure The pressure of air,more specifically, the pressure of that sealevel. As a standard, the pressure at whichthe mercury barometer stands at 760millimeters or 29.92 inches (equivalent toapproximately 14.7 pounds per square inch).

atom The smallest complete particle of anelement which can be obtained that retainsall physical and chemical properties of theelement. According to present theory, theatom consists of a nucleus of protons andneutrons positively charged, surrounded bynegatively charged particles called electrons.

automotive gasoline (MOGAS) Ahydrocarbon fuel for use in internal-combustion engines and procured by themilitary under two specifications. Thespecification for leaded and unleadedgasoline is VV-G-001690. SpecificationMIL-G-3056 specifies combat grade type Iand II.

average sample A sample that consists ofproportionate parts from all levels of theproduct. For example, an average samplefrom a horizontal, cylindrical tank or fromspherical tank should contain more materialfrom the middle of the tank where thediameter is the greatest.

aviation fuels (AVFUELS) Those refinedpetroleum products specifically formulatedand blended for use in aircraft engines, bothjet engines and piston (reciprocating)engines. AVGAS (below) is an aviationfuel.

aviation gasoline (AVGAS) A hydrocarbonfuel for use in reciprocating piston-typeaircraft engines. AVGAS is characterizedby high vapor pressure and distillation rangeand high tetraethllead content. It is procuredby the military under specification MIL-G-5572.

bacon bomb A thief-type sampler, also called atank-car thief, consisting of a special metalcylinder tapered at both ends and fittedinternally with a plunger valve that opensautomatically when the sampler strikes thebottom of the tank car. A trip cord may beattached to make it possible to open thecylinder at any desired depth. The sampleris used in storage tanks and tank cars to takebottom samples of liquid products of 2 psi, orless; Reid vapor pressure; and samples ofsemiliquid products.

ballast Water, usually salt water, carried intanker cargo tanks when the tanks areempty of petroleum products to reducebuoyancy and improve stability and sea-keeping qualities. Ballast may be clean orblack, depending on whether it iscontaminated with petroleum products.

barge A flat-bottomed boat used to carrycargo on inland waters or in lighterageservice. Barges are usually towed. Apetroleum barge has internal tanks totransport liquid cargo.

barium-base grease A water-resistant greasewith high heat stability made by thickening apetroleum oil with a barium soap.

barometer See Aneroid Barometer.

barrel (bbl) A common unit of measurement ofliquids in the petroleum industry. It equals 42US standard gallons.

batch A specific quantity and type of productpumped into a pipeline.

batching Determining the sequence in whichtwo or more products are to be pumped andintroducing those products into the pipeline ina sequence that results in the least formationof interfacial material.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-7

beaker A cylindrical glass vessel with straightsides, a flaring rim, and pouring lip used inthe laboratory.

benzene Colorless liquid hydrocarbon, with onering of carbon atoms. Made from coal tarand by catalytic reforming of naphthenes, itis used in the manufacture of variousproducts, as a solvent, and as a componentof high-octane gasoline.

benzol The general term which refers tocommercial or technical benzene.

bitumen A mixture of hydrocarbons of naturalor pyrogenous origin, or both, which arefrequently accompanied by their nonmetallicderivatives and which are completely solublein carbon disulfide.

black cargoes A general term used to refer toliquid cargoes of crude oil.

black oil A general term applied to crude oiland the heavier and darker coloredpetroleum products such as residual fuel oils.

bleeding Separation of liquid lubricant from alubricating grease.

blending Mixing refinery products to suitmarket conditions. Mixing on specificationfuel with off-specification fuel to bring thelatter to specification or use limits (a methodof reclamation). Mixing an interface witheither or both adjacent products, or with athird product, without degrading any of thembeyond use limits.

boiling point The temperature at which asubstance boils or is converted into vapor bybubbles forming within the liquid. Thetemperature varies with atmosphericpressure.

boiling range The range of temperature,usually determined at atmospheric pressure

in standard laboratory apparatus, over whichthe boiling or distillation of an oil commences,proceeds, and finishes.

bonding Electrically connecting units orcontainers before operations begin in orderequalize any static potential that might existand to provide a continuous path for anystatic potential that might be generated afteroperations begin. (See Grounding.)

bottoms In a distilling operation, the portion ofthe charge remaining in the still or flask atthe end of a run, in pipe stilling or distillation,the portion which does not vaporize.

bottom loading Refers to the loading of arailway tank car or tank vehicle through thebottom outlet. Bottom loading reduces lossthrough vapor formation.

bottom sample A sample taken with a Baconbomb or thief sampler from material at thebottom of a tank. (See Bacon Bomb.)

bottom sediment and water Amount ofsediment and water measured in bottom of atank.

bright stocks Pressure distillate bottomswhich have had petrolatum wax removedand which have been filtered so that thestock has a low cold test and a good color(dark red by transmitted light and green byreflected light). Bright stock constitute thebody of lubricants manufactured for internal-combustion engines.

bulk petroleum products Those petroleumproducts (fuels, lubricants) which arenormally transported by pipeline, rail tankcar, tank truck, barge, or tanker and stored intanks or containers having a capacity ofmore than 55 gallons, except fuels in 500-gallon collapsible containers, which areconsidered to be packaged.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-8

burner fuel oil A fuel oil used under boilersand in furnaces to generate power or heat.Under Federal Specification (FS) VV-F-815,it is produced in six grades: FS No. 1, FS No.2, FS No. 4, FS No. 5 (Light) FS No. 5(Heavy), and FS No. 6. Under specificationMIL-F-859, one grade, Navy special, isproduced.

butane Either of two isomeric, flammable,gaseous hydrocarbons, of the paraffin series,n-butane or isobutane. Bottled, butane isreferred to as LPG and is used for domesticand laboratory purposes and for generalbrazing.

calcium-base grease A grease composed of amineral oil thickened with calcium (lime)soaps and suitable for slow-moving machineparts. It does not retain consistency at hightemperatures.

calibration The graduation of a measuringinstrument. The determination of accuracyof graduation in a measuring instrument.

calorific value The heat liberated by thecombustion of a unit quantity of fuel.

calorimeter An apparatus for measuringquantities of heat, such as the bombcalorimeter, which is used to determine theheat of combustion or the thermal value of afuel in calories or British thermal units.

carbon dioxide A heavy, colorless gas, whichwill not support combustion (therefore, usefulas a fire-extinguishing agent).

carbon monoxide A colorless, odorless, andpoisonous gas, CO, resulting from theincomplete combustion of carbon.

carbon terachloride A colorless,nonflammable liquid, used as a solvedetergent, and drying agent for electricalparts. It is no longer used as an

extinguishing agent because of its toxicqualities.

catalyst. A substance that promotes chemicalaction without the substance undergoingchemical change.

cathodic protection An electrolytic method ofprotecting a buried pipeline or other metalstructure against corrosion by surrounding itwith an electrical field strong enough tooverpower the currents seeking to leave themetal to go into the soil. The methodinvolves putting electrical current into the soilso that it flows to and into the line orstructure. The protective current may beobtained by the galvanic action betweenmagnesium anodes and the steel of thepipeline or structure or by a rectifier toconvert alternating current to direct current.The current is put into the soil through ascrap metal graphite ground-bed.

centigrade scale A thermometer scale onwhich the interval between the freezing pointand boiling point of water is divided into 100parts or degrees centigrade, 0°Ccorresponding to 32°F, and 100°C to 212°F.Also called Celsius after Anders Celsiuswho first described it.

centistoke A unit of kinematic viscosity; 0.01stoke.

centrifugal pump An apparatus that builds uppressure head using centrifugal force as theprincipal means and angular velocity as thesecondary means.

cetane number The percentage by volume ofnormal cetane (100 cetane number), in ablend with heptamethylnonane (O cetanenumber), which matches the ignition qualityof the diesel fuel under test when comparedby the procedure specified in ASTM MethodD 613. The determination of the cetanenumber of diesel fuel is similar to thedetermination of the octane number ofgasoline.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-9

change of product Change of service; refersto transporting or storing a product in vessel,tank car or vehicle, storage tank, or othercontainer after having transported or storeda different product in it. The differencebetween the two products governs thenature and extent of preparations (draining,flushing, cleaning) needed before the changecan be made.

Class III (POL) Petroleum fuels: lubricants,hydraulic and insulating oils, preservatives,liquid and compressed gases, chemicalproducts, coolants, deicing and antifreezecompounds, together with components andadditives of such products and coal.

Class III A (Air) Petroleum and chemicalproducts used in support of aircraft.

Class III W (Ground) Petroleum and chemicalproducts and solid fuels used in support ofground and marine equipment.

class of fires Class A, fires of ordinarycombustibles, such as paper, wood, textiles,or rubbish and extinguished by water. ClassB, fires of flammable liquids like gasoline, oil,or grease and extinguished by smothering.Class C, fires involving electrical equipmentand extinguished by non-conducting agents.Class D, fires involving burning metal.

clean cargoes Cargoes such as aviation andmotor gasoline, diesel oils, jet fuel,kerosene’s, and lubricating oils.

clean product Products such as aviation andmotor gasoline’s, jet fuel, diesel fuel,kerosene, and lubricating oil; contrasted withblack oil.

clear and bright Clear is the absence ofvisible solids, a cloud, a haze, an emulsion, orfree water in the product. Bright is thesparkle of clean, dry product in transmittedlight.

closed circuit refueling A system of refuelingin which the nozzle mates with a lock intothe fuel tank, eliminating spillage.

closing gage A volume measurement ofproduct taken after a delivery or receipt ofproduct and after at least a 30-minutesettling time (and at close of business atterminals and supply points).

combustion Burning or rapid oxidation causedby the union of oxygen and any materialcapable of being ignited.

commingling The intentional or unintentionalmixing of two or more products.

compatibility Refers to the ability of additivesor of lubricating oils of different compositionor from different sources to mix togetherwithout separation or reaction.

composite sample A mixture of individualsamples representing the bulk from whichthey were taken. A composite sample is notthe same as a mixed sample.

compound A substance formed by combiningtwo or more ingredients in definiteproportions by weight. A compoundpossesses physical and chemical propertiesentirely different from those of thecombining ingredients if used separately.

compounding The addition of fatty oils andsimilar materials to lubricants to impartspecial properties. Lubricating oils to whichsuch materials have been added are know ascompounded oils.

compression ignition Ignition in a dieselengine, in which the heat of compressionignites the fuel, in contrast to the sparkignition in a gasoline engine.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-10

consistency The degree to which a material,such as a lubricating grease, resistsdeformation under the application of force.It is, therefore, a characteristic of plasticity,as viscosity is a characteristic of fluidity.Consistency is indicated by apparentviscosity; or as in the case of grease, ismeasured by the penetration of a specialcone into the grease under prescribedconditions of temperature, load, and time, asdescribed in ASTM Method D 217.

contaminated fuel module A 100,000 gallonstorage set used to store off-specificationfuel until it is blended or loaded into tankertrucks for disposal.

contaminant A foreign substance in a product.

contaminated product A product in whichone or more grades or types of productshave been inadvertently mixed, or a productcontaining foreign matter, such as dust, dirt,rust water, or emulsions.

contamination The addition to a petroleumproduct of some material not normallypresent. Common contaminants are water,dirt, sand, rust, mill scale, and otherpetroleum products.

continuous sample A sample taken from aflowing pipeline in such a manner that thesample is a representative average of thestream during the period of sampling.

copper strip corrosion A qualitative methodof determining the corrosiveness of aproduct by its effects on a small strip ofpolished copper suspended or placed in theproduct (ASTM Method D 130).

corrosion Rusting; a gradual eating away oroxidation such as the action of moist air onsteel, and the more rapid chemical action ofacid on metal or steel.

critical velocity That zone of velocitiesbetween laminar flow and turbulent flow,where the exact nature of flow isunpredictable. Flow is considered laminarwhen the Reynolds number is less than2,000, turbulent when the Reynolds numberis greater than 4,000, and critical orindeterminate in between those values.

crude In a natural state; not altered, refined, orprepared for use by any process, as crude oilor crude petroleum.

crude oil (petroleum) See Petroleum.

cup-case thermometer An instrument,consisting of a thermometer attached to ahardwood or plastic back, with the base ofthe thermometer enclosed by a metal cup,used to measure the temperature of productsin storage tanks. The thermometer islowered to the desired level, allowed toremain for a prescribed time, withdrawnimmediately, and read. The liquid-filled cupprevents a change in the height of themercury before it can be read.

cut A fraction obtained by a separation process.Product withdrawn from a pipeline androuted into tankage. Product withdrawnfrom the middle of a batch is referred to as aheart cut. In gaging bulk fuel, the markmade by a petroleum product in contact withthe gaging instrument. The cut shows thelevel of the product.

datum plate A level metal plate attached tothe tank bottom directly under the referencepoint to provide a smooth surface for theinnage bob to rest on.

Defense Fuel Supply Center (DFSC) Anactivity under the Defense Logistics Agency(DLA) with responsibility as the integratedmateriel manager (IMM) for wholesale bulkpetroleum products until their delivery to thepoint of sale. This responsibility includescontract administration in oversea areas.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-11

Defense Fuel Supply Point (DFSP) Anymilitary or commercial bulk fuel terminalstoring product owned by DLA.

Defense General Supply Center (DGSC) Anactivity, under DLA, responsible formanagement of packaged petroleumproducts, exclusive of packaged fuels.

Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) Theagency, at the DOD level, charged withproviding the most effective and economicalsupport of common supplies and services tothe military departments and otherdesignated DOD components. It is theagency under which the DFSC operates.

density Specific weight or mass of a substanceper unit volume (pounds per cubic foot orgallon or grams per cubic centimeter).Specific gravity is the ratio of the mass ofany volume of a substance to the mass of anequal volume of some standard substance(water in the case of liquids and hydrogen orair in the case of gases) at 40°C (104°F).

detergent oil A lubricating oil possessingspecial sludge-dispersing properties for usein internal-combustion engines. Theseproperties are usually the result of theincorporation in the oil of special additives.Detergent oils hold sludge particles insuspension and thus promote enginecleanliness.

deterioration Any undesirable chemical orphysical change that takes place in a productduring storage or use. Some of the morecommon forms of deterioration areweathering, gum formation, weakening ofadditives, and change in color.

diesel engine An internal-combustion enginein which air drawn in by the suction stroke isso highly compressed that the heat generatedignites the fuel, which is automaticallysprayed into the cylinder under highpressure.

diesel fuel A hydrocarbon fuel used in dieselengines. Diesel fuels used by the ArmedForces are manufactured under twospecifications: VV-F-800 and MIL-F-16884.

diesel fuel additive Material added to dieselfuel to improve the ignition quality.Examples are amyl nitrate and ethyl nitrate.

differential pressure The difference betweensuction pressure and discharge pressure of apump; increment of pressure added by eachpump operating in series in a pump station;pressure drop or loss between the inlet andoutlet of a filter, meter, or other accessoryoffering resistance to flow.

dissolved water See Water (Water,Dissolved).

distillate That portion of a liquid which isremoved as a vapor and condensed during adistillation process.

distillate fuel oils Fuel oils which aredistillates derived directly or indirectly fromcrude petroleum (chiefly from the gas oilfraction).

distillation Vaporization of a liquid and itssubsequent condensation in a differentchamber. In refining, it refers to theseparation of one group of petroleumconstituents from another by means ofvolatilization in some form of closedapparatus, such as a still, by the aid of heat.ASTM distillation: Any distillation madeaccording to an ASTM distillation procedure,especially a distillation test made on suchproducts as gasoline, jet or turbine fuels, andkerosene to determine the initial and finalboiling points and the boiling range.

downgrading Assigning a lower grade to anoff-specification product, provided it meetsthe requirements of the lower grade.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-12

drum thief A metal or plastic tube, 1 1/2inches in diameter and 30 inches long, usedto withdraw samples from drums.

effluent Outflowing or outflow; a term appliedto a stream that has passed through aprocess or apparatus and has been altered insome way; product flowing out of afilter/separator, for example, or past a devicethat adds an inhibitor.

electrolysis Chemical decomposition by theaction of an electric current. This process isboth the cause of external corrosion ofburied pipelines and the basis for providingprotection against such corrosion.

end point (EP) The point indicating the end ofsome operation or at which a certain definitechange is observed. In titration, this changeis frequently a change in the color of anindicator which has been added to thesolution or the disappearance or excess ofone of the reactants which is colored. In thedistillation of liquids, such as gasoline, theend point is the maximum temperature whichoccurs during the test.

evaporation The conversion of a liquid intovapor, usually by means of heat.

evaporation loss Evaporation loss is the lossof a liquid volume or weight due to the freeevaporation of the liquid usually in a storagetank at atmospheric pressure. It varies withthe temperature, the amount of liquid surfaceexposed, the temperature of vaporization ofthe lightest components of the liquid, thevelocity of air currents over the surfaceexposed, and the degree of vapor tightnessof the tank roof. Since petroleum productsare not homogeneous liquids, the rate ofevaporation is not constant. The rate ofevaporation is greatest at the beginning whenthe largest percentage of light-volatilehydrocarbons are present and slowest whenevaporation has proceeded so far that onlyheavy residues are left.

Fahrenheit scale A thermometer scale onwhich the freezing point of water is 32° andthe boiling point is 212° (at sea levelatmospheric pressure).

filter (noun) A porous material on which solidparticles are caught and retained when amixture is passed through it.

filter (verb) To remove mechanically thesolids or free water from a petroleumproduct.

filter/separator A device used to separateboth solid contaminants and water from apetroleum fuel.

flammable A term describing any combustiblematerial which can be ignited easily andwhich will burn rapidly. Petroleum productswhich have flash points of 100°F (37.8°C) orlower are classed as flammable.

flash point The lowest temperature at which aliquid petroleum product gives off vapor insufficient concentration to ignite (that is,flash) on application of a flame underspecified conditions.

flow rate The amount of fuel passing through apoint along a pipeline or hoseline over time.Flow rate is usually stated in gallons perminute or gallons per hour.

foaming The formation of froth or foam onlubricating oils or other oils as a result ofaeration or release of gas dissolved in the oil.Foaming characteristics of lubricating oilsare determined by ASTM Method D 892.

fuel oil Any liquid petroleum product burnedfor the generation of heat in a furnace orfirebox or for the generation of power in anengine, exclusive of oils with a flash pointbelow 100°F (38°C) (Tag closed-cup tester)and oils burned in cotton- or wool-wickburners.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-13

Fuel System Icing Inhibitor (FSII) An agentto be used only as an anti-icing additive forjet turbine engine fuels.

gage (noun) An object used as a standard ofmeasurement or comparison; that is, aninstrument for measuring, indicating, orregulating the capacity, quantity, amount, orother properties.

gage (verb) To measure the contents orcapacity, as of a tank.

gaging for water Obtaining the depth of waterbottom by taking a water cut. This is usuallyaccomplished by coating a plumb bob, tape,or gaging stick with water finding paste.

gallon (gal) A unit of measure of volume. AUS gallon contains 231 cubic inches or 3.785liters; it is 0.83268 times the imperial gallon.One US gallon of water weighs 8.3374pounds at 60°F(16°C).

gas detector An instrument for determiningthe explosibility of a gas and air mixture(explosimeter).

gas oil A term originally used to refer to an oilsuitable for cracking to make illuminatinggas. The term is now used to designate anoverhead product in between refined oils andlow-viscosity lubricating oils, used primarilyas thermal or catalytic cracking feed stock,diesel fuel, furnace oil, and the like.

gas turbine An engine in which vapor (otherthan steam) is directed, under pressure,against a series of turbine blades. Theenergy contained in the rapidly expandingvapors is converted into rotary motion.

gravitometer Permanently installedhydrometer that gives a continuous readingof the API or specific gravity of the productpassing through the pipeline.

Gravity See API Gravity and SpecificGravity.

grease A mixture of petroleum oil, soap (orother thickeners), and sometimes an additive,used for lubricating under conditions wherean oil cannot meet all requirements.

grounding Connecting single or bonded units toa ground rod so that any static potential willbe discharged into the earth. If two or moreunits are bonded and one is grounded, thewhole system is effectively grounded. (SeeBonding.)

ground products Refined petroleum productsnormally intended for use in administrative,combat, and tactical vehicles, materials-handling equipment, special-purpose vehicles,and stationary power and heating equipment.

gum Varnish-like, tacky, noncombustibleinsoluble deposits formed during thedeterioration of petroleum and its products,particularly gasoline. The amount of gummymaterial in gasoline is known as its gumcontent, which is determined by ASTMMethods D 381 and D 873. (See GumTest.)

gum test An analytical method for determiningthe amount of existing gum in gasoline byevaporating a sample from a glass dish on anelevated-temperature bath with the aid ofcirculating air.

heavy product A liquid in stored drums, whichgives off flammable vapors above thetemperature of 80°F (27°C).

hydrocarbon A compound containing onlyhydrogen and carbon. The simplesthydrocarbons are gases at ordinarytemperatures; with increasing molecularweight, they change to the liquid form and,finally to the solid state. Hydrocarbons arethe principal constituents of petroleum.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-14

hydroforming A special cataltic reformingprocess used to upgrade straight-rungasoline.

hydrometer A graduated instrument fordetermining the gravity of liquids. It isusually made of hollow glass and weighted atone end so as to float upright. The depth towhich the instrument sinks when immersedin a liquid is determined by the density of thatliquid. The lighter the liquid, the lower theinstrument sinks. Some hydrometers aremarked so that the percentage of eachconstituent of the product in them can beread. Hydrometers used to measurepetroleum are usually marked with degreesAPI or specific gravity.

icing The solidification of particles of moisturein the fuel system, especially the carburetor,of an aircraft or ground vehicle. Themoisture may either be contained in the fuelor it may enter the system through the airintake. Icing may cause either partial orcomplete loss of power.

identification tests Selected tests applied to asample to identify quickly the type or gradeof material represented or to determine thatthe quality has not been altered by time orhandling.

ignition quality The ability of a fuel to igniteupon injection into the engine cylinder.

inhibitor A substance added in small amountsto a petroleum product to prevent or retardundesirable chemical changes from takingplace in the product or in the condition of theequipment in which the product is used. Theessential function of inhibitors is to preventor retard oxidation or corrosion.

innage The height or volume of liquid in astorage tank, as measured or gaged from thebottom of the tank to the top of the liquid.

innage tape and bob A steel measuring tapeconnected by a harness snap to the eye of

cone-tipped bob. Used to measure thedistance from the bottom of the tank to theliquid level of product in a tank or gage pipe.

insulating oil An oil used in circuit breakers,switches, transformers, and certain otherelectrical devices for insulating, cooling, orboth. In general, such oils are well-refinedpetroleum distillates of low volatility and highresistance to oxidation and sludging.

interface A mixture, or commingling, betweenadjacent products in a multiproduct pipeline;interfacial mixture.

internal-combustion engine An enginewhich operates by means of combustion of afuel within its cylinders.

into-plane The requirement and procurementof fuel and lubricating oils for delivery intogovernment-owned aircraft normally atnonmilitary air facilities. Charges for thisinclude the cost of fuel, lubricating oils, andrelated services.

jet engine An engine which converts air andfuel into a fast-moving stream of hot gasesthat propel the item on which it is mounted.

jet fuel Fuel meeting the required propertiesfor use in jet engines and aircraft turbineengines. Jet fuels are procured for theArmed Forces in several grades. The mostimportant grades are JP-4 (low vaporpressure) and JP-5 (high flash point), andJP-8.

Joint Petroleum Office (JPO) An officeestablished by the Joint Chiefs of Staff withpetroleum logistics responsibilities in a unifiedcommand in oversea areas.

kerosene A refined petroleum distillate used inspace heating units, in wick-fed lamps,bomb-type flares, for cleaning certainmachinery and tools, and as a base for liquidinsecticide sprays. A single multiple-usetype is procured under Federal SpecificationVV-K-211. A deodorized type, which is

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-15

used as a base for insecticide sprays, isprocured under Specification VV-K-220.

kinematic viscosity The ratio of the absoluteviscosity to the density at the temperature ofthe viscosity measurement. The metric unitsof kinematic viscosity are the stoke andcentistoke, which correspond to the poiseand centipoise of absolute viscosity.

knock Noise, also called ping, associated withinternal-combustion engines. After the sparkignites the charge, the charge burns smoothlyuntil part of it is burned; then if either thefuel or engine operating conditions areunsuitable, the remaining portion burnssuddenly, which makes a knock, or ping.

lead A general term used to denotetetraethyllead or other organometallic leadantiknock compounds used as gasolineadditives.

lead poisoning Poisoning caused bytetraethyllead or another of theorganometallic lead antiknock compoundsused as additives in gasoline. It may resultfrom ingestion, absorption through the skin,or inhalation of fumes.

light ends The most volatile portions of acarbon and hydrogen mixture, the low boilingcomponents that boil off first in distillation.Opposite of heavy ends.

light product A light product is any liquidwhich gives off flammable vapors at orbelow 80°F (27°C).

liter (l) A metric unit of capacity equal to0.9081 dry quart (US) or 1.0567 liquid quarts(US).

load line The line defining the maximum meandraft to which a tanker may be lawfullysubmerged. It is the lower limit of thefreeboard for various conditions andseasons. The six load line used on tankersare the Summer load line; Winter load line;

Winter, North line; Tropical load line;Freshwater load line; and Tropicalfreshwater load line.

lower sample A sample with a bottle orbeaker sampler from the middle of thebottom third of a tank's contents.

lubricant A substance, especially oil, grease,and graphite, which may be interposedbetween moving surfaces to reduce frictionand wear.

maximum working pressure The highestpressure that equipment is designed tooperate safely.

maximum fill level The highest level to whicha container may be filled.

meniscus The curved surface of the top of acolumn of liquid in a narrow tube; the curveis concave when the containing walls arewet with the liquid and convex when theyare not wet.

methane A light, odorless, flammable gas,CH4. The first member of the paraffinseries. It is the principal constituent ofnatural gas.

micron One micron is a thousandth part of onemillimeter (approximately 25,400 micronsequal 1 inch). The average human hair isabout 100 microns in diameter.

middle sample A sample taken from themiddle of a tank's contents.

military sealift command The US Navycommand responsible for providing oceantransportation for the military services andfor other governmental agencies anddepartments, as directed.

mixed sample A sample taken by mixing orstirring the original sample and then drawingoff the desired quantity for testing.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-16

molecule Unit of matter; the smallest particleof an element or compound that retainschemical identity with the substance in mass.

multigrade oil A multiviscosity number oilwhich acts as a high-viscosity oil in hightemperatures but as a low-viscosity oil in lowtemperatures.

naphtha A general term applied to refined,partly refined, and unrefined petroleumproducts and liquid products deriving fromnatural gas which distill between 347°F(175°C) and 460°F (238°C).

natural gas Naturally occurring mixtures ofhydrocarbon gases and vapors, the moreimportant of which are methane, ethane,propane, butane, pentane, and hexane.

nonrecoverable tank bottom That quantityof liquid that is below the suction manifold ordrawoff line of a storage tank and is notavailable in normal day-to-day operations.

octane number Term used to indicatenumerically the relative antiknock value ofautomotive gasolines and of aviationgasolines having a rating below 100. It isbased on a comparison with the referencefuels, isooctane(100 octane number) andnormal heptane (O octane number). Theoctane number of an unknown fuel is thevolume percent of isooctane in a blend withnormal heptane which matches the unknownfuel in knocking tendencies under a specifiedset of conditions. Above 100, the octanenumber of a fuel is based on the enginerating, defined in terms of milliliters oftetraethyllead in isooctane, which matchesthat of the unknown fuel.

off-specification product A product whichfails to meet one or more of the physical,chemical, or performance requirements ofthe specification.

olefin One of a major series of hydrocarbonsthat appear chiefly in refinery operations.They have the general formula ofnaphthenes and the chain structures ofparaffins, but they are unsaturated.Molecular structure and nomenclaturecorrespond to paraffins having the sameamount of carbon. Ethylene, or ethene, isthe lowest, member of the olefins, and theseries is sometimes called the ethyleneseries.

outage The volume of unoccupied space in astorage tank or other container, measured orgaged from a reference point above theproduct to the surface of the product. Thedifference between rated capacity andactual contents. (Some space will always beleft unoccupied for expansion of product.)(See Ullage.)

outage tape and bob A steel measuring tapeconnected by a harness snap to the eye ofthe rectangular bob. The outages tape andbob is used to measure the distance from areference point above the product to thesurface of the product in the tank.

oxidation The process of combining withoxygen, a process which all hydrocarbonsare capable of doing.

packaged petroleum products Thosepetroleum products other than fuels(generally lubricants, greases, and specialtyitems) that are stored, transported, andissued in containers with a capacity of 55gallons or less.

paraffin Any of the white, tasteless, odorless,and chemically inert waxy substancescomposed of saturated hydrocarbonsobtained from petroleum.

penetrating oil A thin, nonviscous oil used toloosen rusted or frozen metal parts such asnuts, screws, bolts, or pins. Penetrating oil isnot intended for use as a lubricant. It isproduced to specification VV-P-216.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-17

petrochemical Derived from the wordspetroleum and chemical and originally coinedto designate chemicals of petroleum origin.At present, petrochemical covers a widevariety of products.

petroleum Crude oil. Petroleum is a mixtureof gaseous, liquid, and semisolidhydrocarbons varying widely in gravity andcomplexity. Petroleum can be removed as aliquid from underground reservoirs, and itcan be separated into various fractions bydistillation and recovery. Petroleum is ageneral term that includes all petroleumfuels, lubricants. and specialties.

petroleum measurement tables ASTM-IPtables provided for the calculation ofquantities of petroleum and its productsunder the required conditions in any of threesystems of measurements. Tables areprovided for the reduction of gravity andvolume to standard states over normaloperating ranges, for calculation of weight-volume relationship, and for interconversionof a wide variety of commercially usefulunit's (ASTM Method D 1250).

petroleum, oils, and lubricants See POL.

petroleum testing kit A kit provided forlimited quality surveillance testing under fieldconditions.

POL Petroleum, Oils, and Lubricants. Includedare petroleum fuels, lubricants, hydraulic andinsulating oils, temporary protectives, liquidand compressed gases, chemical products,liquid coolants, deicing and antifreezecompounds, together with components andadditives of such products.

polymerization Changing a substance of agiven molecular weight to another substancewith chemical ingredients in the sameproportions as in the first but with a newmolecular weight that is a multiple of thefirst, depending upon how many molecules ofthe first have been combined. It is a method

of changing hydrocarbon gases into high-octane gasoline.

pour point The lowest temperature at whichan oil can be poured (ASTM Method D 97).

preservative A petroleum product designed toprevent corrosion of ferrous and nonferrousmetals. General-purpose lubricating oilsproduced to specifications VV-L-800, MIL-L-7870, and MIL-L-3150 have preservativequalities.

pressure A force or impulse. Pressuredifferential is incremental pressure, or thedifference between suction and discharge ofa pump. Pressure gage is an instrumentused to measure and indicate pressure in afluid.

procurement quality assurance That programby which the government determines ifcontractors have fulfilled their contractobligations for quality and quantity ofproducts and related services.

purple k Potassium Bicarbonate. A drychemical used in the trailer mounted fireextinguisher that puts out fires by smotheringthem.

qualified products list A list prepared by theprocuring service of civilian-type or off-the-shelf items that comply with specificationsand have been found to be acceptable to thegovernment.

quality surveillance The measures taken toensure that petroleum products which havebeen accepted by the government as beingof the required quality are still of the requiredquality when delivered to the user. QSincludes watching over and caring forproducts during all storage and handlingoperations, adhering to handling methods andprocedures designed to protect quality, andexamining and testing of products in storageand on change of custody.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-18

receiving tests Tests prescribed by MIL-HDBK-200 to supply information quickly onthe quality of products received so theirdisposition can be planned.

reclamation Restoring or changing acontaminated or off-specification petroleumproduct so that it will either meetspecifications or will be within use limits.(See Blending.)

Reid Vapor Pressure (RVP) The measure ofpressure exerted by a product on the interiorof a special container due to its tendency tovaporize.

reapeatability The allowable differencebetween two results on the same sample bythe same operator using the sameequipment.

reproducibility The allowable differencebetween two results on the same sample bydifferent operators in different locations.

residual fuel oils Fuel oils which are eithertopped crude petroleum or viscous crackedresiduum.

rust preventive A preservative oil used toprovide a waterproof film over iron or steelsurfaces exposed to oxidation.

Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE)Numbers of Lubricants. A classificationof lubricating oils for crankcases andtransmissions in terms of viscosity,standardized by SAE.

sample A quantity of product taken asprescribed in ASTM Method D 270 forexamination and testing. See specific kind ofsample.

sampler A device used to obtain samples ofvarious petroleum products. Another termfor sampler is thief.

saturated hydrocarbon A hydrocarbon ofsuch composition that the valence, orcombining power, of all carbon atomspresent is fully satisfied. Such ahydrocarbon is a stable substance and doesnot oxidize readily. The degree of saturationis a measure of instability.

scale A formation of oxide in a flaky film or inthin layers.

sediment Foreign matter other than water thatsettles to the bottom of a container.

sediment and water Solids and aqueoussolutions which may be present in an oil andwhich may be left to settle or which may beseparated more rapidly by a centrifuge.

settling time The elapsed time that a productremains undisturbed or unagitated betweenreceipt of product into and discharge fromstorage.

slop Any liquid petroleum product known to beoff specification. Storage tanks may bereserved for such products until the productscan be analyzed, reclaimed, or disposed of.Interfaces not disposed of in the adjacentproducts or not fit for such disposition shouldbe taken off in slop tanks until they can bedisposed of.

slop tanks Tanks regularly containing productswhich are not up to quality, or productswhich are to be treated or downgraded andtransferred to selected tanks.

sludge A heavy sedimentation or deposit onthe bottom of storage tanks consisting ofwater, dirt, and other settings; gunk. Crudeoils and residuals form the heaviest sludges,and light products form lightest sludges.Engine sludge is a particular kind of sludge

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-19

containing products of combustion depositedin internal-combustion engines.

soluble cutting oil An industrial term used todescribe a mineral oil containing anemulsifier, making it capable of mixing withwater to form a coolant for metal-cuttingtools.

solution A uniform mixture of a solute in asolvent from which the solute can beseparated by crystallization or other physicalmeans. Called a physical solution when nochemical changes take place; otherwisecalled a chemical solution.

specific gravity The ratio of the weight of anyquantity of matter, a petroleum product forexample, to the weight of an equal quantityof water; usually determined by use of ahydrometer. (See API Gravity.)

specification Prescribed limits of control testsused to maintain uniformity of a specificproduct.

spectrometric oil analysis The detection, byspectrometer, of wear metals in regularlytaken samples of used oils from oil-wettedmechanical systems. By examining thewear metals, the rate of friction wear of thevarious metal parts of the mechanical systemcan be determined.

split loading Carrying more than one productin a compartmented tanker.

spontaneous combustion Self-ignition ofcombustible materials caused byaccumulation of heat through slow oxidation;cannot take place if the heat is dissipated asfast as it is generated.

static electricity Electricity generated byfriction between unlike substances and in theatmosphere; contrasted with voltaic orcurrent electricity.

static pressure Hydrostatic pressureproduced with a column of liquid because ofweight alone; measured by feet of head.

stratification The condition that may occur ina tank in which batches of product ofdifferent gravities are stored. The heavierproduct settles to a layer on the bottominstead of mixing with the lighter product.

subarea petroleum office (SAPO) Asuboffice of a JPO established by the JPO tofulfill petroleum logistics responsibilities in asection of the geographical area for whichthe JPO is responsible.

surfactant A surface active agent whichenhances fuel and water emulsification andcan interfere with removal of entrainedwater from fuels.

suspension Dispersion in a liquid or in a gas ofsmall particles of a solid substance or ofsmall droplets of a liquid.

sweet crude Crude oil that contains so littlesulfur that chemical treatment to removesulfur or sulfur compounds is not needed.

synthetic detergent The term synthetic isused to distinguish the newer chemicalcleansers from the older ones, such assoaps.

synthetic fuels The term commonly used torefer to fuels manufactured from sourcesother than crude petroleum, such as shale orcoal.

thermal jet engine A power unit in which airis taken in from the atmosphere, heated bycombustion of a hydrocarbon, and thenexhausted at a velocity greater than that atwhich it was taken in.

thermal stability Resistance of a petroleumproduct to breakdown of its properties as aresult of heat.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-20

thermometer A device for measuringtemperature or degrees of heat or cold; maydepend upon the expansion of mercury orliquids or change in electrical conductivity.(See ASTM standard El and E77 forspecifications.)

thief See Bacon Bomb and Sampler.

top sample A sample taken about 6 inchesbelow the surface of the tank contents.

topped crude Crude oil from which some ofthe lighter parts have been removed bydistillation.

trace An amount large enough to be detectedbut not to be measured.

turbine oil Lubricating oil for steam turbines,military symbol 219OTEP, made tospecification MIL-L-17331.

ullage The amount a tank, or container, lacksof being full.

unsaturated hydrocarbon An unsaturate; ahydrocarbon with a molecular structurecontaining one or more double or triple linksbetween adjacent carbon members. Olefinsand aromatics are the principal groups ofsuch substances. In addition to beingunsaturated, these substances are alsounstable and are more capable of undergoingchange than the saturates (paraffins andnaphthenes). Oxidation is an example ofundesirable change in a product.

upgrade A grade that slopes upward in thedirection of pipeline flow. To change servicefrom a dark or heavy product to a light orvolatile product; refers to the nature of aproduct stored in a tank or transported in atanker, tank car, or tank truck. To blend ahigher grade gasoline interface into tankagecontaining a lower grade gasoline.

upper sample A sample taken from the middleof the upper third of the tank contents.

use limits Tolerances established by MIL-HDBK-200 to permit use, under certainconditions, of products that do not fully meetspecifications.

vapor The gas-like form of a substance that isnormally a solid or a liquid; any gaseoussubstance that can be condensed by coolingor compression.

variable vapor space Refers to the vaporspace in tanks specially constructed forstorage of volatile products. (These tanksusually have a balloon roof, a breather roof,or a lifter roof (gasometer).) The vaporspace is described as variable because thetank roof moves up or down with theexpansion or contraction of the confinedvapors.

velocity of flow Rate of flow usually measuredin feet per second equal to volume of flow incubic feet per second divided by the cross-sectional area of the pipe in square feet.Velocity head is the head in feet equivalentto the velocity in feet per second; equal tothe square of the velocity divided by twicethe acceleration of gravity in feet per second(64.3).

viscosity Internal resistance to flow; usuallymeasured as time in seconds for a givenquantity of sample to flow through astandard capillary tube. Viscosity index is ameans of rating resistance to change inviscosity with change in temperature. Oilsof high viscosity index are more resistant tochange; oils of low viscosity index thickenquickly when chilled and thin too much whenhot.

viscous Heavy, thick-bodied, gluey, or slow inmotion.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-21

volatile Tending to evaporate or vaporizereadily; volatility is the extent to which aliquid vaporizes or the ease with which itturns to vapor.

volume correction The correction ofmeasured quantity of product, determined bygaging at observed temperature and gravityand reference to a gage table, to net quantityof product at 60°F (16°C) after deductingbottom water and sediment.

water An odorless, colorless, transparent liquidcompound.

water bottom. Water put in a tank bottom tokeep product from leaking.

water contamination Water present in a fuelin any form; includes dissolved water similarto moisture in the air, entrained watersuspended in the form of minute droplets,and free water.

water separator Segregator; a filtering devicethat separates or segregates water from aflowing stream by coalescence.

water test A method of testing a newlycompleted pipeline. The line should beblocked off in sections and clean, freshwater pumped until 1 1/2 times the workingpressure is reached. Pressure is observedfor a period of 24 hours when possible.

weathering Loss of the most volatilecomponents of crude oils and light productsduring storage and handling and theformation of products of oxidation.

weighted beaker Consists of a copper bottlepermanently attached to a lead base. A dropcord is attached to the handle through a ringin the stopper so that a short, quick pull onthe cord opens the beaker at any desiredpoint beneath the surface of the liquid. Thissampler is used to take upper, middle, lower,or all-level samples of liquid products of 16psi or less, Reid vapor pressure. It is used intanker or barge compartments, shore tanks,tank cars, and tank trucks.

white oils A term applied to substantiallycolorless, tasteless, and odorless oils withvarious viscosities.

worked penetration A test method ofdetermining penetration (consistency) oflubricating grease after mechanical working.

FM 10-67-2

Glossary-22

FM 10-67-2

References-1

REFERENCES

SOURCES USED

These are the sources quoted or paraphrased in this publication.

AR 55-355. Defense Traffic Management Regulation. 31 July 1986AR 200-1. Environmental Protection and Enhancement. 23 April 1990.AR 700-36. Overseas Laboratories for Support of Quality Surveillance on Petroleum Products.

25 October 1977.AR 710-2. Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level. 31 January 1988AR 715-27 and DLAM 4155. Petroleum Contract Quality Assurance Manual. February 1988.AR 750-25. Army Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE) Calibration and

Repair Support Program. 1 September 1983.Bureau of Explosives (BOE) Tariff Number 6000-B.

Available from:Bureau of Explosives1920 lst Street, NWWashington, DC 20036

Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 49.Available from:Superintendent of DocumentsUS Government Printing OfficeWashington, DC 20042

DA Pam 710-2-1. Using Unit Supply System. 1 January 1982.DLAM 8200.2. Assurance Support Manual for Defense Contract Administration Services.

April 1982.DOD 4140.25-M. DOD Management of Bulk Petroleum Products, Natural Gas and

Coal Volumes I - IV. June 1994.FM 3-3. Chemical and Biological Contamination Avoidance. 16 November 1992.FM 3-4. NBC Protection. 29 May 1992.FM 3-5. NBC Decontamination. 17 November 1993.FM 3-100. NBC Defense, Chemical Warfare, Smoke, and Flame Operations. 23 May 1991.FM 10-67. Petroleum Supply in Theaters of Operations. 16 February 1983.FM 10-602. Headquarters and Headquarters Units, Petroleum and Water Distribution

Organization. 12 September 1996.FM 21-2. Soldier’s Manual of Common Tasks (Skill Level 1). 3 October 1983.FM 21-11. First Aid for Soldiers. 27 October 1988.FM 25-50. Corps and Division Nuclear Training. 30 September 1991.MIL-HDBK-200. Military Standardization Handbook, Quality Surveillance Handbook for Fuels,

Lubricants, and Related Products. 1 July 1987.Available from:Commanding OfficerNaval Publications and Forms CenterATTN: NPFC 1055801 Tabor AvenuePhiladelphia, PA 19120-5099

FM 10-67-2

References-2

SC 6640-97-CL-E01. Laboratory, Air Mobile, Aviation Fuel (NSN 6640-00-902-9711)(LIN L33184). 30 November 1973.

TB 43-180. Calibration and Repair Requirements for the Maintenance of Army Materiel.19 December 1994.

TM 5-6630-218-10. Operator’s Manual for Aviation Fuel Contaminant Test Kit(NSN 6630-01-008-5524). 23 May 1990.

TM 10-4320-314-13&P. Operator’s, Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual IncludingRepair Parts and Special Tools List for Centrifugal Pump Unit 11/2” Suction and Discharge, 24

Volt DC Electric Motor Driven. 15 June 1990.TM 10-6640-230-13&P. Operator’s, Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual Including

Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Precision Universal Centrifuge. 28 September 1990.TM 10-6640-214-14. Operator’s, Organizational, Unit, Direct, and General Support Maintenance ManualIncluding Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Petroleum Base Laboratory Assembly (NSN 6640-00-303-4940). 21 December 1981.TM 10-6640-215-13&P. Operator’s, Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual Including

Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Petroleum Laboratory, Semi-Trailer Mounted(NSN 6640-00-538-2736). 30 June 1993.

TM 10-6640-215-23&P. Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual Including Repair Partsand Special Tools List for Airmobile Aviation Fuel Laboratory (NSN 6640-00-902-9711).24 October 1990.

TM 10-6640-216-13&P. Operator’s, Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual IncludingRepair Parts and Special Tools List for Airmobile Aviation Fuel Laboratory (NSN 6640-00-902-9711). 24 October 1990.

TM 10-6630-247-13&P. Operator’s, Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Manual IncludingRepair Parts and Special Tools List for Ground Fuels Petroleum Test Kit ModelPTK-200. 18 January 1994.

TM 38-250. Preparing Hazardous Materials for Military Air Shipments. 25 November 1994.TM 750-244-3. Procedures for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use

(Mobility Equipment Command). 23 September 1969.

FM 10-67-2

Index-1

INDEX

Air Pollution Abatement Program, 3-7Aqua-Glo test kit, 4-9, 5-4atomic mass, 7-3aviation fuels, 3-11balances, 7-8

analytical balance, 7-8harvard trip balance, 7-9, 7-10triple beam, 7-10

burner fuels, 2-3classes of fire, 10-4compound, 7-1concentrations, 7-5cutting oils, 2-6diesel fuel, 2-3element, 7-1Engineering Technical Review Program, 3-7environmental protection stewardship, 1-1, 5-2

hazardous materials, 1-4hazardous materials management, 1-4

equivalent weight, 7-3filters/separators, 3-11fire extinguishers

soda-acid extinguisher, 10-3antifreeze extinguisher, 10-3loaded-stream extinguisher, 10-3carbon dioxide extinguisher, 10-4dry chemical extinguisher, 10-4purple K extinguisher, 1-4

free water, 3-12indicators, 7-7insulating oils, 2-6kerosene, 2-4laboratory analysis

reporting, 9-8, 10-10 through 10-12correlation testing, 10-12

laboratory equipmentmaintenance, 4-11calibration, 4-11, 10-12, 10-13

lubricant, 2-4lubricating oils, 2-4, 2-5matter

composition, 7-1state, 7-1

methyl orange, 7-7methyl purple, 7-7

MEW, 7-3mixture, 7-1molality, 7-5molar volume, 7-3molarity, 7-5mole, 7-3molecular or formular weight, 7-3NBC operations, 5-4, 5-5, 5-8, 5-9

biological attack, 5-6, 5-7chemical attack, 5-7contamination avoidance, 5-7decontamination, 5-7nuclear attack, 5-6protection, 5-7

neutralization, 7-5Operational Surveillance Program, 3-6, 3-7P-Naphtholbenzein, 7-8paranitrophenol, 7-7paraffin waxes, 2-6percent by volume, 7-5percent by weight, 7-5petroleum laboratories, 4-2, 5-3, 5-5, 5-8, 6-2

base laboratory, 4-3, 5-3, 6-1mobile/airmobile laboratory, 4-3, 5-3, 5-4,

6-1modular base laboratory, 4-3, 5-3, 6-1petroleum quality analysis system, 4-7

petroleum laboratory certification, 3-6, 3-7petroleum laboratory officer, 4-1petroleum laboratory specialist

skill level 1, 4-1skill level 2, 4-1skill level 3, 4-2skill level 4, 4-2

petroleum products, 2-1 through 2-6AVGAS, 2-1burner fuels, 2-3, 2-4diesel fuel, 2-3fuel oils, 2-3, 2-4JET A, 2-3JETA-1, 2-3JP-4, 2-2JP-5, 2-2JP-7, 2-3JP-8, 2-3

FM 10-67-2

Index-2

kerosene, 2-4lubricating oils and greases, 2-4 through 2-6miscellaneous products, 2-6MOGAS, 2-1, 2-2petroleum base liquid propellants, and fuels,

2-1, 2-2petroleum Technical Assistance Program, 3-6,

3-7petroleum test kits, 4-7, 4-8

aviation fuel contamination test kit, 4-7,5-4, 6-1, 6-2

captured fuels test kit, 4-9, 5-4, 6-1, 6-2ground fuels contamination test kit, 4-9,

4-10, 5-4, 6-1, 6-2sampling and gaging kit, 4-9, 5-4, 6-1, 6-2

phenolphthalien, 7-8pH scale, 7-7, 7-8PLL, 4-12primary standards, 7-5, 7-6publications, 4-12, 4-13QA, 3-1 through 3-5QAR, 3-1QC, 3-1QS, 3-1, 3-6 through 3-10

developed theater, 6-1 through 6-5undeveloped theater, 6-5 through 6-7

Quality Surveillance Program, 3-6, 3-7reagents, 7-4safety during laboratory operations

air/vacuum systems, 10-8electrical systems, 10-9,10-10fumes, 10-9handling chemicals, 10-7laboratory supplies, 10-8, 10-9personal safety, 10-5storing chemicals, 10-5, 10-7

samplesaverage sample, 9-1bottom sample, 9-1composition sample, 9-1continuous sample, 9-1drain sample, 9-1all-level sample, 9-1lower sample, 9-1middle sample, 9-1on-line sample, 9-1outlet sample, 9-1top sample, 9-1upper sample, 9-1

Samplers, 9-2bacon bomb thief, 9-3, 9-4drum thief, 9-3vacuum-pump, 9-3weighted beaker , 9-1weighted bottle, 9-3

solid contamination, 3-12sampling procedures, 9-5 through 9-9solubility, 7-4solute, 7-4solutions, 7-4, 7-5solvent, 2-6, 7-4standard items, 4-12standardization, 4-12titration, 7-6, 7-7Underground Storage Tank Program, 3-6, 3-7water contamination, 3-12

FM 10-67-22 April 1997

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

DENNIS J. REIMERGeneral, United States Army

Chief of StaffOfficial:

JOEL B. HUDSONAdministrative Assistant to the

Secretary of the Army 03165

DISTRIBUTION:

Active Army, Army National Guard, and U.S. Army Reserve: To be distributed inaccordance with the initial distribution number 115480, requirements for FM 10-67-2.